ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 1996-12-27
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Previous: CITY HOLDING CO, 424B3, 1996-12-27
Next: CADIZ LAND CO INC, 8-K, 1996-12-27




                                    FORM 10-K

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

(Mark one)
(X)      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
         For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996
                                       OR
(   )    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         For the transition period from _______________ to ________________

                     Commission file number 0-11691 

                           ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             -----------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                       95-3534864
 -------------------------------                       ------------------
 (State or other jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)

                     4405 Fortran Court, San Jose, CA 95134
               ---------------------------------------------------
               (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

                                 (408) 935-6300
               ---------------------------------------------------
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                                       None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value
                          -----------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
                                  Yes   X   No
                                      -----    -----
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. ( )

The  aggregate  market  value  of the  voting  stock of the  registrant  held by
non-affiliates  of the  registrant on December 17, 1996 based on the average bid
and asked prices of such stock on such date was $83,580,000.  As of December 17,
1996, there were 9,349,195 outstanding shares of common stock.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of registrant's  definitive proxy statement for its 1997 Annual Meeting
of Stockholders  (the "1997 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into
Part  III as set  forth  herein.  Portions  of  registrant's  annual  report  to
stockholders for the year ended September 30, 1996 are incorporated by reference
into Part II as set forth herein. With the exception of those portions which are
expressly incorporated herein by reference, said 1997 Proxy Statement and annual
report are not deemed filed as part hereof.



<PAGE>




                                     PART I


         An investment in securities of Elexsys  International,  Inc. ("Elexsys"
or the  "Company")  involves  certain  risks.  In  evaluating  Elexsys  and  the
Company's business,  prospective  investors should give careful consideration to
the factors discussed below, in addition to the information  provided  elsewhere
in the  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  and in  other  documents  filed  with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  Except  for the  historical  information
contained  in  this  document,   the  discussions  in  this  document   contains
forward-looking  statements  that involve  risks and  uncertainties.  The actual
future results of the Company could differ materially from these forward-looking
statements.   An  investor  should  carefully  evaluate  these   forward-looking
statements before making an investment in the securities of Elexsys.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

         Elexsys International,  Inc., is a leading manufacturer of interconnect
products used in advanced electronic equipment. The Company manufactures complex
products in the mid-volume sector of the electronic  interconnect  industry. The
Company  offers to its customers  complete  original  design  capability for top
level assembly,  as Elexsys' products generally require greater  engineering and
manufacturing  expertise than mass-produced,  less complex products. The Company
manufactures  custom-designed,  press-fit  backpanels;  surface mount  backpanel
assemblies  and  subsystems  (known as a card cage)  complete  with an assembled
backpanel,  power supply, fan and cable attachments as well as multilayer,  high
density  printed  circuit  boards.  Elexsys  works  closely with its  customers,
beginning  with  the  early  stages  of  the   customer's   product  design  and
development.

         Elexsys  believes  its  capabilities  both  in  providing  value  added
manufacturing  services  and  manufacturing  multilayer,  high  density  printed
circuit boards (including complex blind and buried via product, described below)
advantageously  position  the  Company to serve high growth  original  equipment
manufacturers ("OEM") in the rapidly changing electronics markets.  Elexsys' OEM
customers include a diversified base of manufacturers in the telecommunications,
datacommunications, computer, industrial systems and medical systems segments of
the electronics industry, such as Northern Telecom, Tellabs, DSC Communications,
Digital  Equipment,  Tandem/UB  Networks,  Motorola Inc.,  Siemens Inc., Silicon
Graphics, Inc. and AT&T Corporation.

         Elexsys'  strategy is to continue to utilize its well  established high
technology printed circuit board  manufacturing and engineering  capabilities to
further expand into the rapidly growing outsourcing  market,  providing products
including complex press-fit  backpanels,  surface mount backpanel assemblies and
subsystems.  Key elements of this strategy include  providing its customers with
the highest levels of quality, superior service and leading edge technology.

         The Company  was  originally  incorporated  in  California  in 1980 and
reincorporated in Delaware in 1987.

         On May 3, 1996, the Company  acquired  substantially  all the assets of
Anetec Technologies, Inc., a company serving the small prototype and engineering
marketplace  located in Fremont,  California  for $4.4 million,  including  $1.4
million in cash,  a promissory  note in the  principal  amount of $1.0  million,
assumption of a capital obligation of approximately  $400,000 and 110,000 shares
of the Company's  common stock valued at approximately  $1.6 million.  The total
purchase price of approximately $4.4 million was allocated between machinery and
equipment  of  approximately  $2.4 million and  goodwill of  approximately  $2.0
million.

         On April 28, 1995, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of
Technet  Electronics,  Limited, a manufacturer of printed circuit boards located
in  Peterborough,  England,  for  approximately  $3,300,000,  which consisted of
$560,000 of cash and  assumption of  liabilities  of  approximately  $2,740,000,
including Technet's current lines of credit.



<PAGE>



Electronic Interconnect Industry Overview


         Backpanels:  According to Fleck  Research,  an industry  data  research
firm, the North American  backpanel market was  approximately  $732.2 million in
1995 (the most recent year for which such information is available), an increase
of 11.4% over 1994.  This market may change if OEMs who currently  have in house
("captive")  operations decide to outsource their backpanel  production,  as has
been the trend with printed circuit boards. According to this research firm, the
European backpanel market is approximately $378.8 million.

         Value Added  Contract  Manufacturing:  According to the  Institute  for
Interconnecting  and Packaging  Electronic  Circuits ("IPC"),  the United States
value added contract  manufacturing  market,  defined as printed circuit boards,
backpanel  assemblies,  printed  circuit  board  assembly  and  subsystems,  was
approximately  $11.2  billion in 1995 and is growing at a rate of  approximately
20% per  year.  Based on  industry  data,  the  Company  believes  that OEMs are
increasingly  relying  upon  independent  manufacturers  of complex,  electronic
interconnect products, such as Elexsys, rather than on captive production.  Some
original equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs) have  discontinued,  sold or curtailed
domestic,  captive,  printed  circuit board or backpanel  production  since 1990
including  AT&T Corp.,  Data  General  Corporation,  General  Electric  Company,
Hewlett-Packard  Company,  Northern Telecom Limited,  Raytheon  Company,  Unisys
Corporation and Xerox  Corporation.  Elexsys' strategy will be to concentrate on
the market  niche of  backpanel  assemblies,  subsystems,  and  printed  circuit
boards.

         Multilayer, high density printed circuit boards including complex blind
and buried via products: According to the IPC, the United States printed circuit
board  market was  approximately  $6.5 billion in 1995 (the most recent year for
which such information is available).  Approximately $5.5 billion of this market
was available to independent manufacturers such as Elexsys. IPC's data indicates
that this  market  grew  approximately  10% in 1995.  Multilayer,  high  density
printed circuit boards, the fastest growing segment, accounted for approximately
66% of the 1995 market.  IPC also  estimates  that the percentage of the printed
circuit   board  market   available  to   independent   printed   circuit  board
manufacturers  such as Elexsys,  has increased  from 66% to 85% since 1991.  The
European  printed  circuit  board market is  approximately  $4.5 billion and the
multilayer segment of the European market is approximately $2.1 billion.

Other  factors  which  Elexsys  believes  will  lead  OEMs to  utilize  contract
manufacturers include:

Design  Expertise:  The customer  benefits  from custom design  capabilities  of
contract  manufacturers.  For example,  Elexsys works with the customer from the
conceptual,   design  stage,   to  the  prototype   stage  and  through  to  the
pre-production  and production  phases,  to achieve a product design that can be
manufactured economically at or near the commencement of the production runs.

Reduced Capital Investment Requirements: As electronic products have become more
technologically  advanced,  the  manufacturing  process has become  increasingly
sophisticated and automated,  requiring a greater level of investment in capital
equipment.  By  outsourcing  certain  assemblies,  OEMs can reduce their overall
capital   equipment   requirements   while   maintaining   access  to   advanced
manufacturing facilities.

Focused  Resources:  In recent years,  the electronics  industry has experienced
greater  levels of competition  and rapid  technological  change,  and many OEMs
increasingly  are seeking to focus their  limited  resources on  activities  and
technologies  to provide  products that add the greatest value to their markets.
By  offering   printed  circuit  board   fabrication   and  assembly   services,
manufacturers  concentrating  on these special  services  allow OEMs to focus on
core  technologies  and activities  such as product  development,  marketing and
distribution.

Access to Leading Manufacturing Technology: Electronic interconnect products and
related  manufacturing  technology have become  increasingly  sophisticated  and
complex,  making it difficult for OEMs to maintain the  necessary  technological
expertise in process  development  and control.  OEMs are motivated to outsource
product in order to gain  access to the  manufacturer's  process  expertise  and
manufacturing capabilities.

Improved Inventory  Management and Purchasing Power:  Electronics  industry OEMs
are faced with increasing difficulties in planning, procuring and managing their
inventories   efficiently  due  to  frequent   design  changes,   short  product
life-cycles,  large  investments  in  electronic  components,   component  price
fluctuations   and  the  need  to  achieve   economies  of  scale  in  materials
procurement.   OEMs  can  reduce   production   costs  by  using  the   contract
manufacturer's volume procurement capabilities and inventory management skills.

<PAGE>



Business strategy


         In response to the foregoing  industry  trends,  Elexsys has structured
its  business  to supply  sophisticated  complex,  press-fit  and  surface-mount
backpanel   assemblies,   value   added   electronic   interconnect   assemblies
("subsystems")  including card cage, power supplies, fans, cables and harnesses,
and  high  technology   printed  circuit  boards.   Elexsys'  business  strategy
encompasses several elements:

Focus on quality:  The  Elexsys  team  strives to insure the  highest  levels of
quality  control in all  phases of its  operations,  as  quality is a  critical,
competitive  factor in the electronic  interconnect  market. The Company strives
for continuous  improvement of its processes and has adopted a number of quality
improvement and measurement techniques to improve its performance.  All Elexsys'
plants are ISO 9002 certified. Recently, the Company had a quality audit on some
of its  operations by Bell  Laboratories.  Early results of this audit  indicate
that we are in compliance with Bell Laboratories requirements.

Providing service oriented  manufacturing:  The Company  manufactures all of the
printed circuit boards used in its subsystems, motherboard assemblies and custom
designed backpanels in order to maintain control over costs,  quality and timely
delivery of its products.  This vertical  integration also allows the Company to
provide a broader  range of  assembly  services,  including  prototype  and high
technology products.

Maintain technology leadership:  Elexsys seeks to deliver advanced manufacturing
and test  engineering,  responsive  materials  management,  and  technologically
advanced,   flexible  and   service-oriented   manufacturing  for  the  complex,
leading-edge products of its OEM customers.

Target high value-added  electronic  interconnect  products:  Elexsys focuses on
leading  manufacturers  of advanced  electronic  equipment.  Such  manufacturers
generally require custom-designed,  more complex interconnect products and short
lead-time manufacturing services, such as quick-turn, multilayer printed circuit
boards, complex backpanels,  motherboard assemblies and subsystems.  By focusing
on such customer needs,  Elexsys has been able to increase  revenues and margins
and the Company believes it has differentiated  itself from many participants in
the electronic interconnect industry.

Pursue a "teamwork" approach with customers:  Elexsys seeks to establish "teams"
with its customers by involving  Elexsys engineers and staff in the early design
stages of its customers' product development,  and by providing quick-turnaround
manufacturing  services and  just-in-time,  kanban and  dock-to-stock  inventory
management  programs.  Through this  approach,  Elexsys  seeks to forge  lasting
customer  relationships across a number of products and through multiple product
generations.

Maintain a diversified  customer base:  Elexsys services a diversified  customer
base spread over a variety of growing industry segments.  Elexsys' customers are
in the telecommunications,  datacommunications, computer, industrial systems and
medical systems  segments of the electronics  industry.  During fiscal 1996, the
Company  manufactured  and sold  circuit  boards  and  backpanel  assemblies  to
approximately  385  customers  which are located  primarily in North America and
Europe.

During fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, export sales were approximately  $17,600,000,
$13,100,000,  $8,500,000 or 14 percent, 13 percent,  and 9 percent of net sales,
respectively.  In aggregate, Elexsys' ten largest customers accounted for 59% of
the Company's net sales.  During fiscal 1996, three customers,  Northern Telecom
Corporation, DSC, and Tellabs, Inc. accounted for 17 percent, 10 percent, and 10
percent of net sales, respectively. Northern Telecom and the Company have had an
established  relationship  since 1985.  The two  companies  have  entered into a
one-year  agreement  commencing  January 1,  1997,  pursuant  to which  Northern
Telecom has agreed to purchase a specified

amount of the Company's  circuit boards and backpanel  assemblies as long as the
Company satisfies certain  conditions,  including  conditions on the quality and
timely delivery of its products.  The agreement is renewable on an annual basis.
Elexsys' business may be subject to seasonal fluctuations of our customers.


<PAGE>



Products and services


         Elexsys produces custom designed  press-fit  backpanels,  surface mount
backpanels,  subsystems,  and multilayer high technology  printed circuit boards
that are used in the  manufacture  of  sophisticated  electronic  equipment.  In
fiscal 1996,  most of Elexsys' net sales were  attributable  to printed  circuit
boards (including  multilayers) and backpanels assemblies.  However, the Company
continues to see an increase in demand for subsystem assemblies, and the Company
expects this business to continue to grow.

         Custom  designed  backpanels are assemblies of stamped and plated pins,
plastic housings and other components on multilayer or two-sided printed circuit
boards.  Backpanels  are used in  electronic  systems  to  distribute  power and
ground, and to connect printed circuit boards which plug into the backpanel with
other printed circuit boards, power supplies,  and other circuit elements.  They
also  are  used  to  transfer  information  into  and  out  of  the  system.  As
semiconductor  speeds have  increased and design  requirements  have become more
stringent, backpanel complexity has increased significantly, often requiring the
use of large  multilayer  printed  circuit boards of six through 32 layers.  The
Company  manufactures  backpanels with up to 32 layers, .300 inches thick, and 2
feet by 3 feet in  size.  Elexsys  has  recently  added a  complete,  fine-pitch
surface mount technology  ("SMT") assembly  operation to its backpanel  assembly
capabilities,  satisfying the emerging  technology of a combination of press-fit
connectors and active components on the same platform.  SMT allows components to
be placed on both sides of the printed  circuit board,  thereby  permitting even
greater density.

         Multilayer  printed circuit boards consist of three or more layers of a
printed circuit board laminated  together and  interconnected  by plated-through
holes.  Printed  circuit boards consist of metallic  interconnecting  paths on a
non-conductive  material,  typically laminated epoxy glass. Holes drilled in the
laminated  and  plated-through  with  conductive  material  from one  surface to
another, called plated-through holes, are used to receive component leads and to
interconnect  the  circuit  layers.  On SMT  boards  electrical  components  are
soldered instead of being inserted into  through-holes.  "Buried vias" or "blind
vias" are very small  drilled  and plated  holes  which  join the  circuitry  on
adjacent  layers within the board,  but which do not connect the surfaces of the
board.  Multilayer boards increase packaging  density,  improve power and ground
distribution,  and permit the use of higher speed circuitry.  The development of
electronic  components with increased speed, higher performance and smaller size
has stimulated a demand for multilayer  printed circuit boards,  as they provide
increased reliability, density and complexity. Since even the most sophisticated
two-sided printed circuit boards cannot meet the requirements of today's circuit
designers for packaging density,  an increasing number of designs use multilayer
technology.

         Subsystems are power supplies and fans that are enclosed in card cages,
which are usually  fabricated  from steel or aluminum.  Elexsys has  developed a
highly sophisticated  mechanical design capability to provide its customers with
design services. This capability allows Elexsys to establish a close partnership
with its customers and gives Elexsys  visibility for potential  future  customer
requirements.

         Elexsys'  products  generally  tend to have a broad range of prices and
tend to be  manufactured  in relatively  small  quantities.  For printed circuit
boards,  prices are  dependent  on the size of the board,  the  complexity,  the
timing  of the  customer's  delivery  request  and  the  quantity  ordered.  For
backpanel  assemblies,  prices are dependent on the size of the  backpanel,  the
amount of components to be inserted and the quantity  ordered.  For  subsystems,
prices are  dependent on the material  content,  complexity  of assembly and the
quantity  ordered.  In general,  better  profit  margins have been obtained from
complex backpanel  assemblies,  subsystems and high density  multilayer  circuit
boards than from less advanced printed circuit boards and backpanel assemblies.

Manufacturing capabilities and services

         Elexsys seeks to establish a relationship with customers by formulating
a "team" approach and by providing high quality, responsive, flexible design and
manufacturing capabilities and services. Elexsys offers:

Advanced Manufacturing Equipment:  Elexsys' concentration on complex, electronic
interconnect  products has  necessitated  a  substantial  capital  investment in
advanced   equipment  and  the  continued   introduction  of  new  manufacturing
processes.  Elexsys has  established  an  engineering  capability  to select and
implement  the  latest  manufacturing  technology.  For  example,  the fine lead
spacing  or  "pitch"  in  SMT  requires  an  exacting   printed   circuit  board
manufacturing and assembly process. The Company uses numerically  controlled pin
installation  and  high  voltage  electrical  test  equipment  in its  backpanel
assembly manufacturing, and has developed a design and

<PAGE>



manufacturing  capability for controlled  impedance,  multilayer printed circuit
boards and backpanel  assemblies.  Elexsys' printed circuit board  manufacturing
operations require state-of-the-art equipment and processes.  Elexsys' equipment
portfolio  includes  a  computerized,  artwork  generation  system,  numerically
controlled  drillers and routers,  automatic  electroless  deposition lines, dry
film  photo-imaging  equipment,   automatic  gold  plating  lines,  computerized
electrical testers and automatic optical inspection readers.


Value Added Manufacturing:  Computer integrated  manufacturing  ("CIM") services
provided by Elexsys consist of developing  manufacturing  processes,  along with
tooling and test sequences for new products from product  designs  received from
its customers.  In addition,  Elexsys'  interconnect  products division provides
design and engineering services in the early stages of product development, thus
assuring that both mechanical and electrical  considerations are integrated into
a  subsystem  approach  to  achieve  a  manufacturable,  high  quality  and cost
effective product. Elexsys also evaluates customer designs for manufacturability
and, when appropriate,  recommends design changes to reduce  manufacturing costs
or lead  times or to  increase  manufacturing  yields as well as the  quality of
finished backpanel assemblies and mother boards.

Quick turnaround:  Elexsys' quick-turnaround  manufacturing capabilities enables
the Company to better  serve the needs of its  customers  for quick  response to
their  product  designs.  Shorter  customer  product life cycles and the need to
bring new products to market quickly have created a demand for small  quantities
of complex  multilayer  printed  circuit  boards  delivered in relatively  short
periods  of time,  typically  from three to ten days.  Sales of printed  circuit
boards produced in this manner  accounted for  approximately 8% of the Company's
printed  circuit  boards  sales  in  fiscal  1996.   After   engineering  of  an
interconnect  product is completed,  Elexsys has the  capability to  manufacture
prototype  or  pre-production  versions  of such  product on a  quick-turnaround
basis.  Elexsys  believes that the demand for engineering  and  quick-turnaround
prototype  and  pre-production  manufacturing  services  will  increase as OEMs'
products become more complex and as the customers'  product life cycles shorten.
The  Company's  continued  success  depends  upon its  ability to respond to the
evolving needs of customers in a timely manner.

Multilayer Printed Circuit Board Manufacturing:  Elexsys' ability to manufacture
printed circuit boards,  including  large,  complex  multilayer  printed circuit
boards  with  close   tolerances,   plated-through   hole  diameters  and  other
characteristics important to backpanel applications, is one of the major factors
that has  enabled  the  Company  to become an  important  supplier  of  complex,
technologically  advanced  backpanel  assemblies and multilayer  printed circuit
boards to the electronics industry.  The Company began manufacturing  multilayer
printed circuit boards in 1979 and in fiscal 1996 multilayer  sales  constituted
the majority of the Company's printed circuit board revenues.  Today, Elexsys is
capable of efficiently producing commercial quantities of printed circuit boards
with up to thirty-two layers and circuit track widths as narrow as four mils.

         The  manufacture  of complex  multilayer  interconnect  products  often
requires  the use of blind or buried  vias and  adherence  to strict  electrical
characteristics to maintain consistent, circuit transmission speeds (referred to
as "controlled impedance boards"). These technologies require adherence to rigid
lamination  and  etching  tolerances  and are  especially  critical  for printed
circuit  boards with ten or more layers.  The Company  specializes in multilayer
boards  requiring   controlled  impedance  and  has  developed  the  ability  to
manufacture large, thick multilayer  backpanel boards using Cyanate Ester BT and
GETEK(R) base materials for ultra, high-speed applications.  By concentrating on
the multilayer  segment of the printed  circuit  boards  market,  where quality,
technology  and  customer  service are more  important  than the market for less
complex boards, the Company believes it faces less direct competition.

         The  manufacture  of printed  circuit  boards  involves  several  steps
including  dry film imaging,  photoimageable  solder mask  processing,  computer
controlled  drilling and  routing,  automated  plating and process  controls and
achievement of controlled impedance.  Manufacture of printed circuit boards used
in backpanel assemblies requires specialized  expertise and equipment because of
the size of the  backpanel  relative  to other  printed  circuit  boards and the
closer-to-hole   diameter   tolerances  required  for  press-fit  pin  assembly.
Multilayer manufacturing involves the placement of multiple layers of electrical
circuitry  within a single,  printed  circuit boards or backpanel  expanding the
number of circuits and  components  that can be  contained  on the  interconnect
product.  The operating  speed of a system is increased by reducing the distance
that electrical signals must travel. To increase the density of the circuitry in
each layer,  OEMs reduced the width of the circuit  tracks,  placing them closer
together on the printed circuit board or backpanel. Interconnect products having
narrow, closely spaced circuit tracks are known as "fine line" products.


<PAGE>

Materials Procurement and Handling:  Materials procurement and handling services
provided by Elexsys include  planning,  purchasing and warehousing of electronic
components  and metal  housings used in  interconnect  products.  Elexsys uses a
variety of materials in the manufacture of its products,  including  copper clad
laminates,  dry film photo  resists,  connectors,  terminals  and pins.  Elexsys
participates  with  our  customers  on  various  types of  inventory  management
programs including, but not exclusive of, "dock to stock" and "just in time".

ISO 9002  Registration:  As of  September  30,  1996,  all plants  have ISO 9002
certification.  ISO 9002  certification,  a worldwide  standard for quality,  is
based  on  successful  implementation  of  quality  assurance  requirements  and
requires annual compliance audits conducted by an independent  quality assessor.
The current ISO 9002 certification for most plants expires November 30, 1997.

Raw materials

         Elexsys'  policy  is to  maintain  more  than one  supply  source  when
practical,  however,  assembly  components for major OEM contracts are sometimes
obtained  from a single  source.  However,  Elexsys  believes  it  could  obtain
assembly  components  from another source at competitive  prices.  The Company's
requirements for laminate and glass materials could be adversely affected if the
supplier  experienced  shortages or  availability of certain raw materials which
has occurred from time to time in the past. While not material in the past, such
shortages,  if they persisted long enough,  could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business.

Competition

         The market for printed  circuit  boards,  backpanels  and subsystems is
very competitive.  Competition is principally  based on price,  product quality,
technical capabilities and the ability to deliver product on schedule.  Both the
price of and the demand for most products are  sensitive to economic  conditions
and certain segments of the electronics industry have experienced and may in the
future experience reduced demand for their products.

         The technology  used in the  manufacture of  double-side  boards,  most
multilayer  boards,  backpanel  press-fit  assembly,   surface  mount  backpanel
assemblies,  and subsystems is widely available and there are  approximately 700
manufacturers  of  these  products.  The  Company  believes  only  a  few  dozen
manufacturers  of boards  and  subsystems  in the United  States  are  presently
producing  high  technology,   multilayer  printed  circuit  boards,   backpanel
assemblies and subsystems in commercial quantities. Elexsys' competitors include
both producers  which  primarily sell to others and OEMs that produce boards for
their  own use.  Many of these  firms  are  larger  than  the  Company  and have
significantly  greater  financial,  marketing and other resources.  Recently,  a
leveraged  buy-out firm acquired three major,  printed circuit board  companies.
The impact on future  results is unknown  at this  time;  however,  the  Company
expects  that  pricing of circuit  boards may be  impacted  negatively  by these
acquisitions.

         The  Company  believes  the  trend  of  outsourcing   manufacturing  of
backpanels and subsystem  assemblies by OEMs will continue.  However, the market
is very competitive  with more printed circuit board operations  establishing or
acquiring  facilities to manufacture  backpanels and subsystem  assemblies.  The
Company believes its engineering and manufacturing  expertise will be sufficient
to counteract current competition.

Risk Factors

         An  investment  in securities of Elexsys  involves  certain  risks.  In
evaluating Elexsys and the Company's business, prospective investors should give
careful  consideration  to the  factors  discussed  below.,  in  addition to the
information  provided  elsewhere in the Annual  Report on Form 10-K and in other
documents  filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Except for the
historical  information  contained in this  document,  the  discussions  in this
document   contains   forward-looking   statements   that   involve   risks  and
uncertainties.  The actual future results of the Company could differ materially
from these  forward-looking  statements.  An investor should carefully  evaluate
these  forward-looking  statements before making an investment in the securities
of Elexsys.


<PAGE>





         Some  of  Elexsys'  customers  have  their  own  captive  manufacturing
operations which produce some of their  requirements for printed circuit boards,
backpanels  and  subsystems  manufactured  by  the  Company.  There  is a  risk,
particularly  during times of lower  demand when  manufacturing  facilities  are
operating at less than full capacity,  that some of Elexsys' customers will make
greater use of their own  facilities  rather  than  purchase  from the  Company.
During  times of lower  demand,  the Company may not be price  competitive  with
captive operations,  among other reasons, because of the substantial fixed costs
already borne by Elexsys' customers with respect to such operations.

         There are risks that other  customers will develop their own "in-house"
capabilities,  that additional  competitors  will acquire the ability to compete
against the products and services offered by the Company, and that foreign firms
will increase  their share of the United  States  market.  Additionally,  future
technological  advances in electronics  could render the printed circuit boards,
backpanels  or  subsystems  manufactured  by  Elexsys  less  significant  to the
electronics industry.

         The Company's  customers  generally order product by purchase order and
not by long term supply  contracts  that  irrevocably  commit the  customers  to
purchases over long periods. A customer could shift production to another vendor
or itself  without  extensive  advance  notice to Elexsys.  Thus,  the loss of a
significant  customer  could  result  in  Elexsys  not being  able to  identify,
qualify, and commence production for new customers in sufficient time to avoid a
reduction in revenue or  profitability.  Generally,  to establish a relationship
with a new customer requires an extensive and lengthy  qualification process and
there are no assurances the production  volumes with the new customer will match
or exceed production volumes with the lost customer. Indeed, no assurance can be
had that Elexsys would even be able to identify new customers at all.

         If any of the adverse events  described in this section or elsewhere in
this  Form  10-K  occurred,  the  results  of  operations  of  Elexsys  could be
materially adversely affected.

Compliance with Environmental Requirements

         The Company's manufacturing processes utilize substantial quantities of
chemicals as well as substantial  quantities of water. The Company is subject to
and believes it is in  substantial  compliance  with federal,  state,  and local
environmental  laws and  regulations  regarding  air,  water,  and land use, the
generation,  use, storage,  and disposal of hazardous  materials and wastes, and
the  operation  and  closure  of  manufacturing  facilities  at which  hazardous
materials are used or hazardous wastes are generated. The Company has had no new
environmental matters in the current fiscal year.

         With respect to previously  reported  matters,  the Company is aware of
contamination  of soil and ground water  (principally by metals and solvents) at
two of its former facilities in Northern California. At both of these facilities
the soil has been  remediated  and the  properties  have been  returned to their
owners.  One of the  facilities  is adjacent to an existing  State of California
administered  Superfund  site;  as a result,  it could  become part of a related
State of California administered regional ground water investigation,  although,
the Company does not believe that it bears any  responsibility  for that matter.
At another former facility in Southern California, the Company conducted limited
ground water sampling in connection with potential sale of the property, and low
concentrations  of  solvents  were  detected.   Notification  was  made  to  the
appropriate  agencies. At this time, it is not possible to determine whether any
response actions will need to be taken; and accordingly,  the likely future cost
to the Company is not yet reasonably estimable.

         The  Company is further  aware of soil and ground  water  contamination
(principally  by metals and solvents) at two currently used  facilities,  one in
Northern California and one in Southern  California.  At its Northern California
facility,  the  Company  is  indemnified  by the former  property  owner who has
acknowledged his obligation.  At its Southern California facility, the Company's
preliminary  estimate of remedial  costs,  expected to be incurred  over five to
seven years, ranges from approximately $880,000 to $1,480,000 (including between
approximately  $300,000 and $400,000  estimated  capital  expenditures for waste
treatment  equipment  acquisitions  and  installation  costs).  At its  Northern
California facility, the Company has implemented and has been in compliance with
recently   reduced   discharge  limits  for  industrial  waste  water  discharge
containing heavy metals.


<PAGE>





         As of September  30, 1996,  the Company  believes it has  appropriately
recorded all known costs related to environmental matters, including the minimum
amounts where the estimated costs are within a range, and are primarily  accrued
in other  current  liabilities.  However,  actual future  environmental  related
expenditures are subject to numerous  uncertainties,  including the discovery of
additional  environmental concerns,  further development of cost estimates,  new
and changing  environmental  law and  requirements,  or new  interpretations  of
existing  laws and  requirements.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that
future environmental  related expenditures will not exceed the Company's current
estimates or that they will not have a materially adverse effect.

Employees

         At  September  30,  1996,  the Company had 1,190  full-time  employees,
including 1,068 involved in manufacturing,  quality control, product development
and testing. The remainder are in sales, marketing, administration and executive
positions.  None of Elexsys'  employees  is covered by a  collective  bargaining
agreement. The Company considers its relations with its employees to be good.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

         The executive  officers of the Company as of November 30, 1996,  are as
follows:

Name                       Age                 Position with the Company
- ----                       ---                 ---------------------------
Milan Mandaric             58                  Chairman of the Board and
                                               Chief Executive Officer

W. F. "Barry" Hegarty      45                  President and
                                               Chief Operating Officer

Michael S. Shimada         46                  Vice President, Finance,
                                               Chief Financial Officer and
                                               Secretary

Michael J. Giggey          38                  Vice President of Sales
                                               and Marketing

         Mr. Mandaric was appointed  Chairman of the Board on June 30, 1994. Mr.
Mandaric  became  Chief  Executive  Officer  October 3,  1994.  Prior to joining
Elexsys,  Mr.  Mandaric  founded Lika  Corporation,  a  manufacturer  of circuit
boards,  in the  early  1970's  and  served  as its CEO  until its sale to Tandy
Corporation in 1980. He later founded  Sanmina  Corporation,  a manufacturer  of
high technology multilayer printed circuit boards and backpanels,  and served as
its President and Chairman  through July 1989 and as a director  until  February
1994. He also served as Chairman of Senses  International,  Inc., a designer and
manufacturer of wireless security systems, from July 1989 to May 1995.

         Mr. Hegarty joined the Company in 1995 as Chief  Operating  Officer and
was  appointed  President  of the  Company  in  January  1996.  Prior to joining
Elexsys,  Mr.  Hegarty  was Vice  President  of Sales and  Marketing  at Sanmina
Corporation  from 1987 to 1995.  From 1979 to 1987,  Mr. Hegarty was employed at
Kollmorgen  Corporation.  He was  National  Sales  Manager and  Product  General
Manager for the Additive  Products  Division in New York from 1983 to 1987,  and
Senior Finance Manager for the Industrial Drives Division in Europe from 1979 to
1983.

         Mr.  Shimada  served as  Controller  of the  Company  from July 1983 to
January 1990; as Vice President, Finance from January 1990 to December 1993; and
as Chief  Financial  Officer from  February  1993 to December  1993. In December
1993, Mr. Shimada resigned from the Company. In March 1994, Mr. Shimada returned
to the  Company as Vice  President,  Finance  and Chief  Financial  Officer.  In
October 1994, Mr. Shimada was appointed Secretary of the Company.

<PAGE>


         Mr.  Giggey has been Vice  President  of Sales for the  United  States,
Canada and Europe since January 1996. He joined Elexsys in November 1985 and has
held a number of  positions,  including  Vice  President of  Backpanel  Assembly
Sales,  Regional Sales Manager and National  Account  Manager.  Previously,  Mr.
Giggey worked for Hadco, where he held various sales positions.

Proprietary Techniques

         The Company has developed expertise and techniques which it uses in the
manufacture of circuit boards, backpanels and subsystems. Generally, the Company
relies on common law trade secret protection and on  confidentiality  agreements
with its employees to protect its expertise and techniques. The Company owns but
one patent  and  believes  that  patents  have not  historically  constituted  a
significant form of intellectual property right in its industry.

Backlog

         At  September  30,  1996,  the Company  had a backlog of  approximately
$28,267,000  as compared to  approximately  $26,414,000  at September  30, 1995.
Backlog is  comprised of orders  believed to be firm for  products  which have a
firm scheduled shipment date during the next twelve months. However, some orders
in the backlog may be canceled  under  certain  conditions.  The majority of the
backlog is scheduled to be shipped within 120 days.

Subsequent events

         On November 26, 1996,  the Company  completed a transaction to purchase
the property in Nashua, New Hampshire for approximately  $2,350,000.  The square
footage of the property is  approximately  70,000  square feet.  The Company has
received tentative approval for a tax exempt private activity bond financing, at
a substantially  lower interest rate, from the State of New Hampshire to finance
this transaction.

         On December 6, 1996,  the Company  reached an agreement,  in principal,
with Sanwa Bank for a line of credit of $20 million  consisting of a $13 million
working  capital  and a $7 million  term loan line of credit.  The  Company  has
informed the previous lender that it is terminating the current line of credit.

         On December 7, 1996,  Peter Jonas and Roland  Matthews both resigned as
Directors,  effective at the end of their current term. Both terms expire at the
1997 shareholder's meeting scheduled for January 29, 1997.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

         Elexsys currently leases or owns eight production  facilities,  a sales
office in Raleigh,  North Carolina,  and an information systems facility located
in Irvine, California. The Company believes that its present facilities are well
suited to its current operations and are in good repair.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

         The following table lists the production facilities of the Company:
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Owned                          Lease
                                  No. of          Square            Leased          Lease           Renewal
Location                          Locations        Feet             or Both         Expiration      Option
- -------------------------------   ------------    ------------    -------------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
Irvine, California                          1          50,000        Leased           1999            No
Chatsworth, California (1)                  1          31,000        Owned
Mountain View, California                   1          50,000        Leased           1999           Yes
San Jose, California                        1          75,000        Leased           2003           Yes
Plano, Texas                                1          31,000        Leased           2002           Yes
Peterborough, England                       1          31,000        Leased           1998           Yes
Santa Ana, California (1)                   1          30,000        Owned
Nashua, New Hampshire                       1          70,000        Owned
Fremont, California                         1          30,000        Leased           1997           Yes

<FN>
(1) This table includes  facilities which were closed during previous years. The
facility in Chatsworth  currently  has a tenant who is currently  paying rent to
the  Company.  The facility in Santa Ana is  currently  vacant.  The facility in
Chatsworth and the facility in Santa Ana are currently held for sale.
</FN>
</TABLE>


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

         On  November  8,  1995,  a  former  executive  of the  Company  filed a
complaint in the Superior Court of California,  County of Santa Clara,  alleging
negligent  misrepresentation  concerning  certain  aspects  of  the  plaintiff's
severance agreement  arrangement with the Company. The amount of damages claimed
is approximately  $800,000, plus unspecified punitive damages. The complaint has
been dismissed.


ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

         None during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1996.


                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
        MATTERS

         The  information  appearing  under the caption  "Price  Range of Common
Stock"  which  appears  on  page  28  of  the  registrant's   Annual  Report  to
Stockholders  for the fiscal year ended  September  30,  1996 (the "1996  Annual
Report"), is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The information  appearing under the caption "Selected  Financial Data"
which appears on page 13 of the 1996 Annual Report,  is hereby  incorporated  by
reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
        RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The information  appearing under the caption  "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" which appears on
pages 8  through  12 of the  1996  Annual  Report,  is  hereby  incorporated  by
reference.


<PAGE>


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The  information  appearing  on pages 14 through 28 of the 1996  Annual
Report, is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None

                                    Part III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         There is  hereby  incorporated  herein  by  reference  the  information
appearing  under the captions  "Election of  Directors",  "Board  Committees and
Meetings" and "Compliance  with the Reporting  Requirements of Section 16(a)" of
the 1997  Proxy  Statement.  Information  regarding  executive  officers  of the
Company is  included  in Item 1 of Part I hereof  under the  caption  "Executive
Officers of the Registrant" and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         There is  hereby  incorporated  herein  by  reference  the  information
appearing  under  the  captions   "Executive   Compensation"   and  "Performance
Measurement Comparison" of the 1997 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         There is  hereby  incorporated  herein  by  reference  the  information
appearing under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management" of the 1997 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         There is  hereby  incorporated  herein  by  reference  the  information
appearing under the caption "Certain Transactions" of the 1997 Proxy Statement.


<PAGE>



                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules, and Exhibits

          1.       Independent auditors' report
                   The  following  financial   statements  are  incorporated  by
                   reference under Item 8. above:  
                   -Consolidated  balance  sheets as of  September  30, 1996 and
                   1995;
                   -Consolidated  statements of operations for each of the three
                   years in the period ended September 30, 1996;
                   -Consolidated  statements of stockholders' equity for each of
                   the three years in the period ended September 30, 1996;
                   -Consolidated  statements of cash flows for each of the three
                   years in the period ended September 30, 1996;

          2.       Financial  statement  schedules:  Schedule  II-Valuation  and
                   Qualifying  Accounts and Reserves.  
                   All other  schedules have been omitted since the  information
                   therein is not required to be included herein, is not present
                   in amounts sufficient to require submission,  or the required
                   information  is  included  in  the   consolidated   financial
                   statements including the notes thereto.

         3.       Exhibits

  Exhibit
  Number         Description of Exhibit
  --------       ----------------------
     3.1*        Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
                 Company  (filed  as  Exhibit  3.1  to the  Form  10-Q  for  the
                 quarterly period ended July 1, 1995).

     3.2*        Amended and  Restated  Bylaws by the Company  (filed as Exhibit
                 3.2 to the Form 10-Q for the  quarterly  period  ended  July 1,
                 1995).

     4.1*        Specimen Common Stock  Certificate of the Registrant  (filed as
                 Exhibit 4.1 to the  Registration  Statement  on Form S-2 of the
                 Registrant, Registration No. 33-11754 (the "Form S-2")).

     4.2*        Form of Indenture,  dated as of February 15, 1987,  and Form of
                 Specimen  of 5 1/2%  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  due
                 March 1, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Form S-2).

     4.3*        Registration Rights Agreement,  dated as of May 11, 1987 (filed
                 as  Exhibit  4 to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  of  the
                 Registrant, dated May 11, 1987).

    10.1*        Lease,  dated August 13,  1968,  between  Birtcher  Pacific and
                 Pritec  Corporation  (formerly  known as  "Diceon  Electronics,
                 Inc.") (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration  Statement on
                 Form S-1 of the Registrant, Registration No. 2-86316 (the "Form
                 S-1")).

    10.2*        Lease,  dated February 1, 1984,  between  Toussaint Limited and
                 Diceon  Electronics,  Inc., a California  corporation  ("Diceon
                 California")  (filed as Exhibit  10-2 to the  Annual  Report on
                 Form 10-K of the  Registrant  for the year ended  September 30,
                 1989 (the "1989 Form 10-K")).

    10.3*        Option Agreement and Limited Right of First Offer,  dated as of
                 February  1, 1984 by and between  Toussaint  Limited and Diceon
                 California (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the 1989 Form 10-K).

<PAGE>

    10.4*        Lease, dated November 28, 1986, between Kollmorgen  Corporation
                 and Elexsys California (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Form S-2).

    10.5*+       Employee Stock Option Plan (1983) (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the
                 Form S-1).

    10.6*+       First  Amendment to Employee Stock Option Plan (1983) (filed as
                 Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Form S-1).

    10.7*+       Second Amendment to Employee Stock Option Plan (1983) (filed as
                 Exhibit 10.8 to the 1990 Form 10-K).

    10.8*+       Third  Amendment to Employee Stock Option Plan (1983) (filed as
                 Exhibit  10.10  to  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of the
                 Registrant  for the year ended  September  30,  1988 (the "1988
                 Form 10-K")).

    10.9*+       Fourth Amendment to Employee Stock Option Plan (1983) (filed as
                 Exhibit 10.10 to the 1990 Form 10-K).

    10.10*+      Fifth  Amendment to Employee Stock Option Plan (1983) (filed as
                 Exhibit 10.12 to the 1992 Form 10-K).

    10.11*+      Sixth  Amendment to Employee Stock Option Plan (1983) (filed as
                 Exhibit 10.12 to the 1992 Form 10-K).

    10.12*+      Form of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  (filed as Exhibit
                 10.12 to the 1988 Form 10-K).

    10.13*+      Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan (1984) (filed as Exhibit 10.12
                 to the 1990 Form 10-K).

    10.14*+      First  Amendment  to  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan (1984)
                 (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the 1990 Form 10-K).

    10.15*+      Second  Amendment  to  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option Plan (1984)
                 (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the 1991 Form 10-K).

    10.16*+      Third  Amendment  to  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan (1984)
                 (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the 1992 Form 10-K).

    10.17*+      Form of Non-Qualified  Stock Option Agreement (filed as Exhibit
                 10.15 to the 1988 Form 10-K).

    10.18*+      Profit  Sharing  Bonus Plan  (incorporated  by reference to the
                 section captioned "Executive Compensation and Other Information
                 - Bonus Plan"  included in the  Registrant's  Definitive  Proxy
                 Statement, dated November 27, 1991).

    10.19*+      Form of  Indemnification  Agreement  (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to
                 the Form S-2).

    10.20*+      Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement,  dated November 17, 1989,
                 between Sherwin L. Samuels and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit
                 10.21 to the 1988 Form 10-K).

    10.21*+      Form of Executive Compensation Agreement between Registrant and
                 salaried  officers or key employees  (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to
                 the 1988 Form 10-K).

    10.22*+      Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement,  dated November 15, 1990,
                 between Sherwin L. Samuels and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit
                 10.22 to the 1990 Form 10-K).

    10.23*       Purchase and Sale  Agreement,  dated  November 28, 1989, by and
                 among Symtron Corp., NTI, and John Davila (filed as Exhibit 2.1
                 to the  Current  Report  on Form 8-K of the  Registrant,  dated
                 December 12, 1989 (the "1989 Current Report")).
<PAGE>

    10.24*       Lease for 1625  Plymouth  Avenue,  Mountain  View,  California,
                 dated  November 28, 1989,  by and among Pritec  Corporation,  a
                 California  corporation  ("Lessee"),  and John Davila and Liane
                 Davila  individually and as Co-Trustees of the Davila Revocable
                 Living Trust, dated March 13, 1989 (collectively, the "Lessor")
                 (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the 1989 Current Report).

    10.25*       Lease  for 2400  Michelson  Drive,  Irvine,  California,  dated
                 October 10, 1991,  by and among  Elexsys  International,  Inc.,
                 formerly Diceon Electronics,  Inc., and Fujita Corporation, USA
                 (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the 1991 Form 10-K).

    10.26*       Lease  for 2500  Michelson  Drive,  Irvine,  California,  dated
                 November 1, 1987, by and among Elexsys International,  Inc. and
                 Consolidated  American Properties IV (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to
                 the 1993 Form 10-K).

    10.27*       First  Amendment  to Lease for 2500  Michelson  Drive,  Irvine,
                 California,   dated   October   1992,   by  and  among  Elexsys
                 International,  Inc.  ("Lessee"),  and The Josephine Troy Trust
                 and The  Hausman  Family  Trust  (collectively,  the  "Lessor")
                 (successor to  Consolidated  American  Properties IV) (filed as
                 Exhibit 10.29 to the 1993 Form 10-K).

    10.28*       Lease for 2400 Michelson Drive, Irvine, California, dated April
                 12, 1993, by and among Elexsys  International,  Inc. and Fujita
                 California Partners II (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to the 1993 Form
                 10-K).

    10.29*+      Severance  Arrangements   (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
                 section captioned "Compensation and Other Information" included
                 in the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement,  dated December
                 15, 1993.

    10.30*+      Severance Arrangement by and among Elexsys International,  Inc.
                 and certain key executives as set forth in Exhibit 10.32 (filed
                 as Exhibit 10.33 to the 1993 Form 10-K).

    10.31*+      Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  as of March 9,
                 1993, by and between C. Stephen  Mansfield  and the  Registrant
                 (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the 1993 Form 10-K).

    10.32*       Securities  Exchange  Agreement  dated as of June 7,  1994,  as
                 amended by First  Amendment to  Securities  Exchange  Agreement
                 dated as of June 30, 1994,  between Mr. Milan  Mandaric and the
                 Registrant,  Inc. (filed as Exhibits 5-1 and 5-2 to the Current
                 Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 1994).

    10.33*       Loan and Security  Agreement  dated December 17, 1993,  between
                 Foothill Capital Corporation, a California corporation, and the
                 Registrant  (filed  as  Exhibit  10-1 to the Form  10-Q for the
                 quarterly period ended January 1, 1994).

    10.34*+      1994  Incentive  Stock Option Plan and  Incentive  Stock Option
                 Agreement  dated  April 14,  1994  (filed as  Exhibits  4.1 and
                 Exhibits 4.2 to Form S-8 dated May 18, 1994).

    10.35*+      Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  as of July 14,
                 1994, by and between Charles Handley and the Registrant  (filed
                 as Exhibit 10.38 to the 1994 Form 10-K).

    10.36*       Lease for 1188 Bordeaux  Drive,  Sunnyvale,  California,  dated
                 October 24, 1994, by and among Symtron  Corporation and Redtree
                 Properties,  LP (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q for the
                 quarterly period ended December 31, 1994).

    10.37*       Lease for 2609  Technology  Drive,  Plano,  Texas 75074,  dated
                 March 1995  between  Elexsys  International,  Inc. and Property
                 Reserve,  Inc.  (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q for the
                 quarterly period ended April 1, 1995).

    10.38*       Asset Purchase  Agreement  dated April 28, 1995 between Elexsys
                 International,  Inc. and Technet Ltd, UK (filed as Exhibit 10.3
                 to the Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended April 1, 1995).
<PAGE>

    10.39*       Securities  Exchange  Agreement  dated  as of March  29,  1995,
                 between Mr. Milan Mandaric and the  Registrant,  Inc. (filed as
                 Exhibits 10-1 to the Current  Report on Form 8-K dated April 4,
                 1995).

    10.40+       1995 Stock Option Plan.

    10.41+       Form of Incentive  Stock Option  Agreement under the 1995 Stock
                 Option Plan.

    10.42+       Form of  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  Agreement  under the 1995
                 Stock Option Plan.

    10.43+       Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

    10.44+       Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan.

    10.45        Lease for 4405  Fortran  Court,  San Jose,  CA, dated March 11,
                 1996 between  Elexsys  International  and  SouthBay/Fortran,  a
                 California Limited Partnership.

    11           Computation of Earnings Per Common and Common  Equivalent Share
                 for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994.

    13           Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  for  the  Fiscal  Year  Ended
                 September 30, 1996.

    21           List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

    23           Consent of  Deloitte & Touche LLP dated  December  18,  1996 to
                 incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statements  No.
                 33-21826,  No.  33-02384  and  No.  33-58033  on  Form  S-8 and
                 Registration Statement No. 33-22598 on Form S-3.

    27           Financial Data Schedule

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K
                None



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Incorporated by reference.
+ Management or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934,  the  registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          (Registrant)


By: /s/ Milan Mandaric                                         December 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------             -----------------
Milan Mandaric                                                 Date
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer


         In accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has
been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant  and in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.



/s/ Milan Mandaric                                             December 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------             -----------------
Milan Mandaric                                                 Date
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/ Peter S Jonas                                              December 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------             -----------------
Peter S. Jonas                                                 Date
Director


/s/ Roland G. Matthews                                         December 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------             -----------------
Roland G. Matthews                                             Date
Director



/s/ Alan Mendelson                                             December 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------             -----------------
Alan Mendelson                                                 Date
Director


/s/ Brad Jeffries                                              December 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------             -----------------
Bradford Jeffries                                              Date
Director


/s/ Roger W. Johnson                                           December 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------             -----------------
Roger W. Johnson                                               Date
Director


 /s/ Michael Shimada                                           December 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------             -----------------
Michael S. Shimada                                             Date
Vice President of Finance,
  Chief Financial Officer and
  Secretary  (Principal Financial
  and Accounting Officer)


<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



To Elexsys International, Inc.:


We have audited the consolidated  financial statements of Elexsys International,
Inc., formerly Diceon Electronics, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of September 30,
1996 and 1995, and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30,
1996,  and have issued our report  thereon dated October 18, 1996  (November 26,
1996  as to the  fifth  paragraph  of  note  14);  such  consolidated  financial
statements  and report are included in your 1996 Annual  Report to  Stockholders
and are incorporated herein by reference. Our audits also included the financial
statement  schedule of Elexsys  International,  Inc.,  listed in Item 14.  These
financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion,
such a financial  statement  schedule,  when considered in relation to the basic
financial  statements  taken  as a  whole,  presents  fairly,  in  all  material
respects, the information set forth therein.



 Deloitte & Touche LLP (Sig)


Costa Mesa, California
October 18, 1996





                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.40

                           ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                             1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                              ADOPTED JULY 19, 1995

                      AMENDED AND RESTATED JANUARY 8, 1996








1. PURPOSES.

                  (a) The  purpose  of the Plan is to  provide  a means by which
selected  Employees and  Directors of and  Consultants  to the Company,  and its
Affiliates, may be given an opportunity to purchase stock of the Company.

                  (b) The  Company,  by means of the Plan,  seeks to retain  the
services of persons who are now Employees or Directors of or  Consultants to the
Company or its  Affiliates,  to secure and retain the services of new Employees,
Directors and Consultants,  and to provide  incentives for such persons to exert
maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

                  (c) The Company intends that the Options issued under the Plan
shall,  in the discretion of the Board or any Committee to which  responsibility
for  administration of the Plan has been delegated  pursuant to subsection 3(c),
be either  Incentive  Stock Options or Nonstatutory  Stock Options.  All Options
shall be separately  designated  Incentive Stock Options or  Nonstatutory  Stock
Options at the time of grant,  and in such form as issued pursuant to Section 6,
and a separate  certificate or certificates  will be issued for shares purchased
on exercise of each type of Option.

<PAGE>


2.  DEFINITIONS.

                  (a)  "Affiliate"  means any parent  corporation  or subsidiary
corporation,  whether now or hereafter  existing,  as those terms are defined in
Sections 424(e) and (f) respectively, of the Code.

                  (b)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  (c)  "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
amended.

                  (d)  "Committee"  means a Committee  appointed by the Board in
accordance with subsection 3(c) of the Plan.

                  (e) "Company"  means Elexsys  International,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

                  (f)  "Consultant"  means any  person,  including  an  advisor,
engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting  services and who is
compensated  for such services,  provided that the term  "Consultant"  shall not
include  Directors who are paid only a director's  fee by the Company or who are
not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors.

                  (g) "Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant"
means that the service of an individual to the Company,  whether as an Employee,
Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Board, in its sole
discretion, may determine whether Continuous Status as an Employee,  Director or
Consultant  shall be  considered  interrupted  in the case of:  (i) any leave of
absence  approved by the Board,  including sick leave,  military  leave,  or any
other personal leave; or (ii) transfers between the Company, Affiliates or their
successors.

                  (h) "Covered  Employee" means the chief executive  officer and
the four (4) other  highest  compensated  officers of the Company for whom total
compensation is required to be 

                                       2.

<PAGE>

reported to  stockholders  under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of
Section 162(m) of the Code.

                  (i) "Director" means a member of the Board.

                  (j) "Disinterested Person" means a Director who either (i) was
not during the one year prior to service as an administrator of the Plan granted
or  awarded  equity  securities  pursuant  to the Plan or any other  plan of the
Company or any affiliate  entitling the  participants  therein to acquire equity
securities  of  the  Company  or any  affiliate  except  as  permitted  by  Rule
16b-3(c)(2)(i);  or (ii) is otherwise considered to be a "disinterested  person"
in  accordance  with  Rule  16b-3(c)(2)(i),   or  any  other  applicable  rules,
regulations or interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  (k)  "Employee"  means  any  person,  including  Officers  and
Directors,  employed by the Company or any  Affiliate  of the  Company.  Neither
service as a Director  nor payment of a director's  fee by the Company  shall be
sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

                  (l) "Exchange Act" means the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.

                  (m) LESS  FLEXIBILITY:  "Fair Market Value"  means,  as of any
date, the value of the common stock of the Company determined as follows:

                           (1) If the common stock is listed on any  established
stock exchange or a national  market system,  including  without  limitation the
National Market System of the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
Automated  Quotation  ("NASDAQ")  System,  the Fair  Market  Value of a share of
common  stock  shall be the  closing  sales price for such stock (or the closing
bid, if no sales were  reported)  as quoted on such  system or exchange  (or the
exchange with the greatest volume of trading in common stock) on the last market
trading  day prior to the

                                       3.
<PAGE>

day of  determination,  as  reported  in the Wall  Street  Journal or such other
source as the Board deems reliable;

                           (2) If the  common  stock  is  quoted  on the  NASDAQ
System (but not on the National Market System thereof) or is regularly quoted by
a recognized  securities  dealer but selling  prices are not reported,  the Fair
Market  Value of a share of common  stock shall be the mean  between the bid and
asked  prices for the common  stock on the last market  trading day prior to the
day of  determination,  as  reported  in the Wall  Street  Journal or such other
source as the Board deems reliable;

                           (3) In the absence of an  established  market for the
common  stock,  the Fair Market Value shall be  determined  in good faith by the
Board.

                  (n)  "Incentive  Stock  Option"  means an Option  intended  to
qualify as an incentive  stock  option  within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  (o)  "Nonstatutory  Stock Option" means an Option not intended
to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

                  (p) "Officer"  means a person who is an officer of the Company
within  the  meaning  of  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act  and the  rules  and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  (q)  "Option"  means a stock  option  granted  pursuant to the
Plan.

                  (r) "Option  Agreement" means a written  agreement between the
Company and an Optionee  evidencing  the terms and  conditions  of an individual
Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions
of the Plan.

                                       4.

<PAGE>

                  (s) "Optionee" means a person who holds an outstanding Option.

                  (t) "Outside  Director" means a Director who either (i) is not
a current  employee of the Company or an  "affiliated  corporation"  (within the
meaning of the Treasury  regulations  promulgated  under  Section  162(m) of the
Code),  is not a former  employee of the Company or an "affiliated  corporation"
receiving  compensation  for prior  services  (other than  benefits  under a tax
qualified  pension  plan),  was not an officer of the Company or an  "affiliated
corporation"  at any time,  and is not  currently  receiving  direct or indirect
remuneration from the Company or an "affiliated corporation" for services in any
capacity other than as a Director,  or (ii) is otherwise  considered an "outside
director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

                  (u) "Plan" means this Elexsys  International,  Inc. 1995 Stock
Option Plan.

                  (v) "Rule  16b-3"  means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any
successor to Rule 16b-3,  as in effect when  discretion is being  exercised with
respect to the Plan.

3.  ADMINISTRATION.

                  (a) The Plan  shall be  administered  by the Board  unless and
until  the  Board  delegates  administration  to a  Committee,  as  provided  in
subsection 3(c).

                  (b) The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the
limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

                           (1) To  determine  from  time  to time  which  of the
persons  eligible  under the Plan  shall be granted  Options;  when and how each
Option shall be granted;  whether an Option will be an Incentive Stock Option or
a Nonstatutory  Stock Option;  the provisions of each Option granted (which need
not be  identical),  including the time or times such Option may be exercised

                                       5.
<PAGE>

in whole or in part;  and the  number  of shares  for  which an Option  shall be
granted to each such person.

                           (2) To construe  and  interpret  the Plan and Options
granted under it, and to establish,  amend and revoke rules and  regulations for
its  administration.  The Board, in the exercise of this power,  may correct any
defect,  omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement,  in a
manner and to the extent it shall deem  necessary  or expedient to make the Plan
fully effective.

                           (3) To amend  the Plan or an Option  as  provided  in
Section 11.

                           (4) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform
such  acts as the  Board  deems  necessary  or  expedient  to  promote  the best
interests of the Company.

                  (c) The Board  may  delegate  administration  of the Plan to a
committee composed of not fewer than two (2) members (the  "Committee"),  all of
the members of which Committee shall be  Disinterested  Persons and may also be,
in  the  discretion  of the  Board,  Outside  Directors.  If  administration  is
delegated to a Committee,  the  Committee  shall have,  in  connection  with the
administration of the Plan, the powers  theretofore  possessed by the Board (and
references  in this Plan to the Board  shall  thereafter  be to the  Committee),
subject,  however, to such resolutions,  not inconsistent with the provisions of
the  Plan,  as may be  adopted  from  time to time by the  Board.  The Board may
abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the  administration of
the Plan.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 to the contrary, the Board
or the Committee may delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board
the authority to grant Options to eligible  persons who (1) are not then subject
to Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act and/or (2) are either (i) not then  Covered
Employees  and  are  not  expected  to be

                                       6.
<PAGE>

Covered  Employees  at the time of  recognition  of income  resulting  from such
Option,  or (ii) not persons with  respect to whom the Company  wishes to comply
with Section 162(m) of the Code.

                  (d) Any  requirement  that an  administrator  of the Plan be a
Disinterested  Person  shall not apply if the Board or the  Committee  expressly
declares that such requirement shall not apply. Any  Disinterested  Person shall
otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3.

4.  SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

                  (a)  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section  10  relating  to
adjustments  upon  changes  in stock,  the stock  that may be sold  pursuant  to
Options shall not exceed in the aggregate One Million  (1,000,000) shares of the
Company's  common stock.  If any Option shall for any reason expire or otherwise
terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the stock
not purchased  under such Option shall revert to and again become  available for
issuance under the Plan.

                  (b) The stock  subject to the Plan may be  unissued  shares or
reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

                  (a) Incentive  Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
Nonstatutory  Stock  Options  may be granted  only to  Employees,  Directors  or
Consultants.

                  (b) A Director  shall in no event be eligible for the benefits
of the Plan unless at the time  discretion  is exercised in the selection of the
Director as a person to whom Options may be granted,  or in the determination of
the number of shares  which may be covered by Options  granted to the  Director:
(i) the Board  has  delegated  its  discretionary  authority  over the Plan to a
Committee  which  consists  solely of  Disinterested  Persons;  or (ii) the Plan
otherwise  complies

                                       7.

<PAGE>

with the  requirements of Rule 16b-3.  The Board shall otherwise comply with the
requirements of Rule 16b-3. This subsection 5(b) shall not apply if the Board or
Committee expressly declares that it shall not apply.

                  (c) No person  shall be eligible for the grant of an Incentive
Stock  Option if, at the time of grant,  such  person  owns (or is deemed to own
pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock  possessing  more than ten percent
(10%) of the total combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the Company
or of any of its Affiliates  unless the exercise  price of such Incentive  Stock
Option is at least one hundred ten  percent  (110%) of the Fair Market  Value of
such  stock at the date of grant  and the  Option is not  exercisable  after the
expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

                  (d)  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section  10  relating  to
adjustments  upon  changes in stock,  no person  shall be eligible to be granted
Options  covering more than Four Hundred Fifty Thousand  (450,000) shares of the
Company's  common stock in any calendar  year.


6. OPTION PROVISIONS.

         Each  Option  shall be in such form and shall  contain  such  terms and
conditions  as the Board  shall deem  appropriate.  The  provisions  of separate
Options  need  not  be  identical,   but  each  Option  shall  include  (through
incorporation of provisions  hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the
substance of each of the following provisions:

                  (a) Term. No Option shall be exercisable  after the expiration
of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

                  (b) Price.  The exercise price of each Incentive  Stock Option
shall be not less than one hundred  percent  (100%) of the Fair Market  Value of
the stock subject to the Option on the 

                                       8.
<PAGE>

date the Option is granted; the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option
shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the
stock  subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  an Option  (whether an Incentive  Stock Option or a Nonstatutory
Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in
the  preceding  sentence if such Option is granted  pursuant to an assumption or
substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section
424(a) of the Code.

                  (c)  Consideration.  The  purchase  price  of  stock  acquired
pursuant  to an Option  shall be paid,  to the extent  permitted  by  applicable
statutes  and  regulations,  either  (i) in  cash  at the  time  the  Option  is
exercised,  or (ii) at the discretion of the Board or the Committee, at the time
of the grant of the Option, (A) by delivery to the Company of other common stock
of the Company,  (B) according to a deferred  payment  arrangement,  except that
payment of the common  stock's "par value" (as defined in the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law) shall not be made by deferred  payment,  or other  arrangement
(which may include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of
other common stock of the Company) with the person to whom the Option is granted
or to whom the Option is transferred  pursuant to subsection 6(d), or (C) in any
other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

         In the case of any  deferred  payment  arrangement,  interest  shall be
payable at least  annually  and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest
necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of
the Code,  of any amounts  other than  amounts  stated to be interest  under the
deferred payment arrangement.

                                       9.

<PAGE>

                  (d)  Transferability.  An Incentive  Stock Option shall not be
transferable  except by will or by the laws of  descent  and  distribution,  and
shall be  exercisable  during the  lifetime of the person to whom the  Incentive
Stock Option is granted only by such person.  A Nonstatutory  Stock Option shall
not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or
pursuant to a qualified  domestic relations order satisfying the requirements of
Rule 16b-3 and the rules thereunder (a "QDRO"),  and shall be exercisable during
the  lifetime of the person to whom the Option is granted only by such person or
any transferee pursuant to a QDRO. The person to whom the Option is granted may,
by  delivering  written  notice to the Company,  in a form  satisfactory  to the
Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionee,
shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

                  (e) Vesting. The total number of shares of stock subject to an
Option may, but need not, be allotted in periodic  installments  (which may, but
need not, be equal).  The Option  Agreement  may provide  that from time to time
during  each of such  installment  periods,  the Option  may become  exercisable
("vest") with respect to some or all of the shares allotted to that period,  and
may be  exercised  with  respect to some or all of the shares  allotted  to such
period  and/or any prior period as to which the Option became vested but was not
fully exercised. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on
the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or
other  criteria)  as the  Board may deem  appropriate.  The  provisions  of this
subsection  6(e) are  subject to any Option  provisions  governing  the  minimum
number of shares as to which an Option may be exercised.

                  (f)  Securities  Law  Compliance.  The Company may require any
Optionee,  or any person to whom an Option is transferred under subsection 6(d),
as a condition of  exercising  any

                                      10.
<PAGE>

such Option,  (1) to give written  assurances  satisfactory to the Company as to
the Optionee's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or
to employ a purchaser representative  reasonably satisfactory to the Company who
is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters,  and that he
or  she  is  capable  of  evaluating,  alone  or  together  with  the  purchaser
representative,  the merits and risks of exercising the Option;  and (2) to give
written  assurances  satisfactory  to the  Company  stating  that such person is
acquiring  the stock subject to the Option for such person's own account and not
with any present  intention of selling or otherwise  distributing the stock. The
foregoing requirements,  and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements,
shall be  inoperative if (i) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise of the
Option  has  been  registered  under  a then  currently  effective  registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),
or (ii) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for
the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the
then applicable securities laws. The Company may require the Optionee to provide
such other representations,  written assurances or information which the Company
shall determine is necessary, desirable or appropriate to comply with applicable
securities  and other laws as a condition of granting an Option to such Optionee
or permitting the Optionee to exercise such Option. The Company may, upon advice
of counsel to the Company,  place legends on stock certificates issued under the
Plan as such  counsel  deems  necessary or  appropriate  in order to comply with
applicable securities laws,  including,  but not limited to, legends restricting
the transfer of the stock.

                  (g) Termination of Employment or Relationship as a Director or
Consultant.  In the  event  an  Optionee's  Continuous  Status  as an  Employee,
Director  or  Consultant  terminates

                                      11.
<PAGE>

(other than upon the Optionee's death or disability),  the Optionee may exercise
his or her Option (to the extent that the  Optionee  was entitled to exercise it
as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the
earlier of (i) the date three (3) months after the termination of the Optionee's
Continuous  Status as an  Employee,  Director or  Consultant,  or such longer or
shorter period specified in the Option Agreement,  or (ii) the expiration of the
term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, after termination,
the Optionee  does not exercise his or her Option  within the time  specified in
the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate, and the shares covered by such
Option shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

                  (h)  Disability  of  Optionee.  In  the  event  an  Optionee's
Continuous Status as an Employee,  Director or Consultant terminates as a result
of the  Optionee's  disability,  the Optionee may exercise his or her Option (to
the extent  that the  Optionee  was  entitled  to  exercise it as of the date of
termination),  but only  within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i)
the date  twelve  (12)  months  following  such  termination  (or such longer or
shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the
term of the  Option as set  forth in the  Option  Agreement.  If, at the date of
termination,  the Optionee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option,
the shares  covered by the  unexercisable  portion of the Option shall revert to
and again become  available for issuance under the Plan. If, after  termination,
the  Optionee  does not  exercise  his or her Option  within the time  specified
herein, the Option shall terminate,  and the shares covered by such Option shall
revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

                                      12.
<PAGE>

         (i) Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee during,
or within a period  specified in the Option  Agreement after the termination of,
the Optionee's  Continuous  Status as an Employee,  Director or Consultant,  the
Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the
Option  as of the date of  death)  by the  Optionee's  estate,  by a person  who
acquired  the right to  exercise  the Option by bequest or  inheritance  or by a
person  designated to exercise the option upon the Optionee's  death pursuant to
subsection  6(d),  but only  within the period  ending on the earlier of (i) the
date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter
period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of
such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, at the time of death, the
Optionee  was not  entitled to  exercise  his or her entire  Option,  the shares
covered by the  unexercisable  portion of the Option  shall  revert to and again
become available for issuance under the Plan. If, after death, the Option is not
exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate,  and the
shares  covered by such Option shall revert to and again  become  available  for
issuance under the Plan.

                  (j) Early  Exercise.  The Option may, but need not,  include a
provision whereby the Optionee may elect at any time while an Employee, Director
or Consultant to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares subject
to the Option  prior to the full vesting of the Option.  Any unvested  shares so
purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any
other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.

                  (k)  Withholding.  To the extent  provided  by the terms of an
Option  Agreement,  the  Optionee  may satisfy any  federal,  state or local tax
withholding  obligation  relating  to the  exercise of such Option by any of the
following means or by a combination of such means: (1) tendering 

                                      13.
<PAGE>


a cash payment;  (2)  authorizing the Company to withhold shares from the shares
of the  common  stock  otherwise  issuable  to the  Optionee  as a result of the
exercise of the Option;  or (3) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered
shares of the common stock of the Company.

7. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

                  (a) During the terms of the  Options,  the Company  shall keep
available  at all times the number of shares of stock  required to satisfy  such
Options.

                  (b) The  Company  shall  seek to obtain  from each  regulatory
commission or agency having  jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be
required  to issue  and sell  shares  of stock  upon  exercise  of the  Options;
provided,  however,  that this  undertaking  shall not  require  the  Company to
register  under the  Securities  Act  either  the Plan,  any Option or any stock
issued or issuable  pursuant to any such Option.  If, after reasonable  efforts,
the Company is unable to obtain from any such  regulatory  commission  or agency
the  authority  which  counsel for the Company  deems  necessary  for the lawful
issuance and sale of stock under the Plan,  the Company  shall be relieved  from
any  liability for failure to issue and sell stock upon exercise of such Options
unless and until such  authority is obtained. 


8. USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

         Proceeds from the sale of stock  pursuant to Options  shall  constitute
general funds of the Company.

9.  MISCELLANEOUS.

                  (a) The Board shall have the power to  accelerate  the time at
which an Option may first be exercised or the time during which an Option or any
part  thereof  will  vest  pursuant  to 

                                      14.
<PAGE>


subsection 6(e),  notwithstanding  the provisions in the Option stating the time
at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

                  (b)  Neither an  Optionee  nor any person to whom an Option is
transferred  under  subsection  6(d)  shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to
have any of the rights of a holder with  respect to, any shares  subject to such
Option unless and until such person has satisfied all  requirements for exercise
of the Option pursuant to its terms.

                  (c) Nothing in the Plan or any  instrument  executed or Option
granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Employee, Director, Consultant or
Optionee  any right to continue  in the employ of the  Company or any  Affiliate
[(or to continue  acting as a Director or  Consultant) or shall affect the right
of the Company or any  Affiliate to terminate  the  employment  of any Employee,
with or without  cause,  to remove any  Director as  provided  in the  Company's
By-Laws  and the  provisions  of the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State of
Delaware,  or to terminate the relationship of any Consultant in accordance with
the terms of that Consultant's  agreement with the Company or Affiliate to which
such Consultant is providing services.

                  (d) To  the  extent  that  the  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value
(determined at the time of grant) of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock
Options are  exercisable  for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar
year under all plans of the  Company  and its  Affiliates  exceeds  one  hundred
thousand dollars  ($100,000),  the Options or portions thereof which exceed such
limit  (according to the order in which they were  granted)  shall be treated as
Nonstatutory Stock Options.

                  (e) (1) The Board or the Committee shall have the authority to
effect,  at any time and from time to time (i) the repricing of any  outstanding
Options  under the Plan and/or (ii) with

                                      15.
<PAGE>


the  consent  of the  affected  holders  of  Options,  the  cancellation  of any
outstanding Options and the grant in substitution  therefor of new Options under
the Plan covering the same or different  numbers of shares of common stock,  but
having an exercise  price per share not less than  eighty-five  percent (85%) of
the Fair Market  Value (one hundred  percent  (100%) of the Fair Market Value in
the case of an Incentive  Stock Option or, in the case an Incentive Stock Option
granted to a ten percent (10%)  stockholder (as defined in subsection 5(c)), not
less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value) per share
of common stock on the new grant date.

                           (1) Shares  subject to an Option  canceled under this
subsection  9(e) shall  continue  to be counted  against  the  maximum  award of
Options  permitted to be granted  pursuant to subsection  5(d) of the Plan.  The
repricing of an Option under this subsection  9(e),  resulting in a reduction of
the exercise price,  shall be deemed to be a cancellation of the original Option
and the grant of a substitute  Option; in the event of such repricing,  both the
original and the substituted Options shall be counted against the maximum awards
of Options  permitted to be granted pursuant to subsection 5(d) of the Plan. The
provisions  of this  subsection  9(e)  shall be  applicable  only to the  extent
required by Section 162(m) of the Code.


10.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

                  (a) If any change is made in the stock subject to the Plan, or
subject  to  any  Option   (through   merger,   consolidation,   reorganization,
recapitalization,  stock dividend,  dividend in property other than cash,  stock
split,  liquidating dividend,  combination of shares, exchange of shares, change
in  corporate  structure  or other  transaction  not  involving  the  receipt of
consideration by the Company),  the Plan will be  appropriately  adjusted in the
class(es)  and  maximum  number  of  shares  subject  to the  Plan  pursuant  to
subsection  4(a) and the maximum 

                                      16.
<PAGE>

number of  shares  subject  to award to any  person  during  any  calendar  year
pursuant to subsection  5(d), and the outstanding  Options will be appropriately
adjusted  in the  class(es)  and  number of shares  and price per share of stock
subject to such outstanding Options. Such adjustments shall be made by the Board
or Committee, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive.
(The  conversion  of any  convertible  securities  of the  Company  shall not be
treated as a  "transaction  not  involving the receipt of  consideration  by the
Company.")

                  (b) In the event of: (1) a dissolution,  liquidation,  or sale
of all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Company;  (2) a merger  or
consolidation  in which the  Company  is not the  surviving  corporation;  (3) a
reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving  corporation but the shares
of the Company's common stock outstanding  immediately  preceding the merger are
converted  by virtue of the merger into other  property,  whether in the form of
securities,  cash or otherwise;  or (4) the acquisition by any person, entity or
group within the meaning of Section  13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange  Act, or any
comparable successor provisions (excluding any employee benefit plan, or related
trust,  sponsored or  maintained by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company)
of the beneficial  ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under
the Act, or comparable successor rule) of securities of the Company representing
at least fifty  percent (50%) of the combined  voting power  entitled to vote in
the election of directors,  then to the extent  permitted by applicable law and,
with respect to Options held by persons then  performing  services as Employees,
Directors  or  Consultants,  the time during which such Options may be exercised
shall be  accelerated  prior to such  event and the  Options  terminated  if not
exercised after such  acceleration and at or prior to such event.


                                      17.
<PAGE>

11. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND OPTIONS.

                  (a) The  Board at any time,  and from time to time,  may amend
the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 10 relating to adjustments upon
changes  in stock,  no  amendment  shall be  effective  unless  approved  by the
stockholders  of the  Company  within  twelve  (12)  months  before or after the
adoption of the amendment, where the amendment will:

                           (1)  Increase  the  number  of  shares  reserved  for
Options under the Plan;

                           (2) Modify the  requirements  as to  eligibility  for
participation in the Plan (to the extent such modification  requires stockholder
approval in order for the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the
Code); or

                           (3)  Modify  the  Plan  in  any  other  way  if  such
modification  requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to satisfy the
requirements  of Section 422 of the Code or to comply with the  requirements  of
Rule 16b-3.

                  (b) The  Board  may in its sole  discretion  submit  any other
amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval,  including,  but not limited to,
amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of
the Code and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder regarding the exclusion of
performance-based  compensation  from the limit on  corporate  deductibility  of
compensation paid to certain executive officers.

                  (c) It is expressly  contemplated that the Board may amend the
Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide  Optionees
with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the
Code and the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder  relating to Incentive  Stock
Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it
into compliance therewith.

                                      18.
<PAGE>

                  (d) Rights and  obligations  under any Option  granted  before
amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any  amendment of the Plan unless
(i) the  Company  requests  the  consent  of the  person to whom the  Option was
granted and (ii) such person consents in writing.

                  (e) The  Board at any time,  and from time to time,  may amend
the terms of any one or more  Options;  provided,  however,  that the rights and
obligations  under any Option shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless
(i) the  Company  requests  the  consent  of the  person to whom the  Option was
granted  and (ii) such  person  consents  in  writing. 

12. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

                  (a) The Board may suspend or  terminate  the Plan at any time.
Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on July 18, 2005, which shall
be  within  ten (10)  years  from the date the Plan is  adopted  by the Board or
approved by the  stockholders of the Company,  whichever is earlier.  No Options
may be  granted  under  the  Plan  while  the Plan is  suspended  or after it is
terminated.

                  (b) Rights and obligations  under any Option granted while the
Plan is in effect  shall not be impaired by  suspension  or  termination  of the
Plan,  except  with the  written  consent  of the  person to whom the Option was
granted.

13.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

         The Plan shall become  effective  as  determined  by the Board,  but no
Options granted under the Plan shall be exercised  unless and until the Plan has
been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within
twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.


                                      19.



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.41

                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION


_________________________, Optionee:

         ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the "Company"), pursuant to its 1995 Stock
Option Plan (the "Plan") has granted to you, the optionee named above, an option
to purchase  shares of the common stock of the Company  ("Common  Stock").  This
option is intended to qualify as an "incentive  stock option" within the meaning
of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         The grant  hereunder is in connection  with and in  furtherance  of the
Company's compensatory benefit plan for participation of the Company's employees
(including  officers),  directors or  consultants.  Defined terms not explicitly
defined  in  this  agreement  but  defined  in the  Plan  shall  have  the  same
definitions as in the Plan.

         The details of your option are as follows:



                  1. TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES  SUBJECT TO THIS  OPTION.  The total
number of shares of Common Stock subject to this option is  ____________________
(__________).


                  2. VESTING.  Subject to the limitations  contained herein, 25%
of the shares will vest (become  exercisable) on  ____________,  19__ and 25% of
the shares  will then vest each year  thereafter  until  either (i) you cease to
provide  services to the Company  for any  reason,  or (ii) this option  becomes
fully vested.

                  3. EXERCISE PRICE AND METHOD OF PAYMENT.

                           (a) Exercise Price. The exercise price of this option
is  ___________  ($___________)  per share,  being not less than the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of this option.

                           (b) Method of Payment.  Payment of the exercise price
per share is due in full upon  exercise  of all or any part of each  installment
which has accrued to you. You may elect,  to the extent  permitted by applicable
statutes and regulations, to make payment of the exercise price under one of the
following alternatives:

                                 (i) Payment of the exercise  price per share in
cash (including check) at the time of exercise; or

                                 (ii)  Payment  pursuant to a program  developed
under  Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board which,  prior to
the issuance of Common  Stock, 

                                       1.
<PAGE>

results in either the  receipt of cash (or check) by the  Company or the receipt
of irrevocable  instructions to pay the aggregate  exercise price to the Company
from the sales proceeds;

                                 (iii) Provided that at the time of exercise the
Company's  Common  Stock is  publicly  traded and quoted  regularly  in the Wall
Street  Journal,  payment by delivery of  already-owned  shares of Common Stock,
held  for the  period  required  to  avoid a charge  to the  Company's  reported
earnings,  and  owned  free and  clear of any  liens,  claims,  encumbrances  or
security interests,  which Common Stock shall be valued at its fair market value
on the date of exercise; or

                                 (iv) Payment by a combination of the methods of
payment permitted by subparagraph 3(b)(i) through 3(b)(iii) above.

                  4. WHOLE  SHARES.  This  option may not be  exercised  for any
number of shares which would  require the issuance of anything  other than whole
shares.

                  5. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary  contained  herein,  this option may not be exercised unless the shares
issuable upon exercise of this option are then  registered  under the Act or, if
such shares are not then so  registered,  the Company has  determined  that such
exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration  requirements of the
Act.

                  6. TERM.  The term of this  option  commences  on  __________,
19__, the date of grant, and expires on  _____________________  (the "Expiration
Date," which date shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date this option
is  granted),  unless  this option  expires  sooner as set forth below or in the
Plan. In no event may this option be exercised on or after the Expiration  Date.
This option shall terminate prior to the Expiration Date as follows: thirty (30)
days after the termination of your Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or
Consultant  with the Company or an  Affiliate  of the Company (as defined in the
Plan) unless one of the following circumstances exists:

                           (a)  Your  termination  of  Continuous  Status  as an
Employee,  Director or Consultant is due to your permanent and total  disability
(within the  meaning of Section  422(c)(6)  of the Code).  This option will then
expire on the  earlier of the  Expiration  Date set forth  above or twelve  (12)
months following such termination of Continuous Status as an Employee,  Director
or Consultant.

                           (b)  Your  termination  of  Continuous  Status  as an
Employee,  Director  or  Consultant  is due to your death or your  death  occurs
within thirty (30) days  following your  termination of Continuous  Status as an
Employee,  Director or Consultant  for any other  reason.  This option will then
expire on the  earlier of the  Expiration  Date set forth  above or twelve  (12)
months after your death.

                                       2.

<PAGE>

                           (c) If during any part of such thirty (30) day period
you may not exercise  your option  solely  because of the condition set forth in
paragraph 5 above,  then your  option  will not expire  until the earlier of the
Expiration Date set forth above or until this option shall have been exercisable
for an aggregate period of thirty (30) days after your termination of Continuous
Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant.

                           (d) If your exercise of the option within thirty (30)
days after  termination of your  Continuous  Status as an Employee,  Director or
Consultant with the Company or with an Affiliate would result in liability under
section  16(b) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  then your option will
expire on the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date set forth above, (ii) the tenth
(10th)  day  after  the last  date  upon  which  exercise  would  result in such
liability  or (iii) six (6) months and ten (10) days  after the  termination  of
your Continuous  Status as an Employee,  Director or Consultant with the Company
or an Affiliate.

         However,   this  option  may  be  exercised  following  termination  of
Continuous Status of an Employee,  Director or Consultant only as to that number
of  shares  as to  which  it was  exercisable  on the  date  of  termination  of
Continuous Status of an Employee, Director or Consultant under the provisions of
paragraph 2 of this option.

         In order to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an
"incentive  stock option," the Code requires that at all times  beginning on the
date of grant of the option  and  ending on the day three (3) months  before the
date of the  option's  exercise,  you must be an  employee  of the Company or an
Affiliate,  except in the event of your death or permanent and total disability.
The Company has provided for  continued  vesting or extended  exercisability  of
your option under certain  circumstances for your benefit,  but cannot guarantee
that your option will  necessarily be treated as an "incentive  stock option" if
you provide  services to the Company or an Affiliate as a consultant or exercise
your option more than three (3) months after the date your  employment  with the
Company and all Affiliates terminates.

                  7. EXERCISE.

                           (a)  This  option  may be  exercised,  to the  extent
specified above, by delivering a notice of exercise (in a form designated by the
Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to
such other person as the Company may designate,  during regular  business hours,
together with such additional documents as the Company may then require pursuant
to subsection 6(f) of the Plan.

                           (b) By exercising this option you agree that:

                                 (i) as a precondition  to the completion of any
exercise of this  option,  the  Company may require you to enter an  arrangement
providing  for  the  payment  by you  to the  Company  of  any  tax  withholding
obligation of the Company  arising by reason of (A) the exercise 

                                       3.
<PAGE>

of this option; (B) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the
shares are subject at the time of  exercise;  or (C) the  disposition  of shares
acquired upon such exercise;

                                 (ii) you will  notify  the  Company  in writing
within fifteen (15) days after the date of any  disposition of any of the shares
of the Common Stock issued upon  exercise of this option that occurs  within two
(2) years after the date of this option  grant or within one (1) year after such
shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of this option; and

                                 (iii) the Company (or a  representative  of the
underwriters) may, in connection with the first underwritten registration of the
offering of any  securities of the Company  under the Act,  require that you not
sell or  otherwise  transfer  or dispose of any shares of Common  Stock or other
securities of the Company  during such period (not to exceed one hundred  eighty
(180)  days)  following  the  effective  date  (the  "Effective  Date")  of  the
registration statement of the Company filed under the Act as may be requested by
the Company or the  representative of the  underwriters.  You further agree that
the Company may impose  stop-transfer  instructions  with respect to  securities
subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

                  8. TRANSFERABILITY. This option is not transferable, except by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution,  and is exercisable during your
life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to
the Company,  in a form  satisfactory to the Company,  you may designate a third
party who, in the event of your death,  shall thereafter be entitled to exercise
this option.

                  9.  OPTION  NOT A  SERVICE  CONTRACT.  This  option  is not an
employment  contract and nothing in this option shall be deemed to create in any
way  whatsoever  any  obligation  on your part to  continue in the employ of the
Company,  or of the Company to continue  your  employment  with the Company.  In
addition, nothing in this option shall obligate the Company or any Affiliate, or
their  respective  stockholders,  Board of  Directors,  officers or employees to
continue any  relationship  which you might have as a Director or Consultant for
the Company or Affiliate.

                  10.  NOTICES.  Any notices  provided for in this option or the
Plan  shall be given in  writing  and shall be  deemed  effectively  given  upon
receipt or, in the case of notices  delivered  by the  Company to you,  five (5)
days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid,  addressed to you
at the  address  specified  below  or at such  other  address  as you  hereafter
designate by written notice to the Company.

                                       4.
<PAGE>

                  11. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. This option is subject to all the
provisions  of the Plan, a copy of which is attached  hereto and its  provisions
are  hereby  made a part  of  this  option,  including  without  limitation  the
provisions  of  Section  6 of the Plan  relating  to option  provisions,  and is
further subject to all interpretations,  amendments, rules and regulations which
may from time to time be  promulgated  and adopted  pursuant to the Plan. In the
event of any  conflict  between the  provisions  of this option and those of the
Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

         Dated the ____ day of __________________, 19__.

                                       Very truly yours,


                                       -----------------------------------------




                                       By
                                         --------------------------------------
                                           Duly  authorized  on  behalf of the
                                           Board of Directors


ATTACHMENTS:

         Elexsys International, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan
         Notice of Exercise

                                       5.
<PAGE>


The undersigned:

                  (a)  Acknowledges  receipt  of the  foregoing  option  and the
attachments  referenced  therein and understands that all rights and liabilities
with respect to this option are set forth in the option and the Plan; and

                  (b) Acknowledges  that as of the date of grant of this option,
it sets forth the entire understanding  between the undersigned optionee and the
Company and its affiliates regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and
supersedes  all prior  oral and  written  agreements  on that  subject  with the
exception of (i) the options previously granted and delivered to the undersigned
under stock option plans of the Company, and (ii) the following agreements only:

         NONE
                 ----------------
                   (Initial)

         OTHER
                 ---------------------------------------

                 ---------------------------------------

                 ---------------------------------------


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         OPTIONEE

                                         Address:
                                                  ------------------------------

                                                  ------------------------------
                                       6.


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.42

                            NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION

________________________, Optionee:

         ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the "Company"), pursuant to its 1995 Stock
Option Plan (the "Plan") has granted to you, the optionee named above, an option
to purchase  shares of the common stock of the Company  ("Common  Stock").  This
option is not intended to qualify and will not be treated as an "incentive stock
option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code").

         The grant  hereunder is in connection  with and in  furtherance  of the
Company's compensatory benefit plan for participation of the Company's employees
(including  officers),  directors or  consultants.  Defined terms not explicitly
defined  in  this  agreement  but  defined  in the  Plan  shall  have  the  same
definitions as in the Plan.

         The details of your option are as follows:


                  1. TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES  SUBJECT TO THIS  OPTION.  The total
number of shares of Common Stock  subject to this option is  ___________________
(_______).


                  2. VESTING.  Subject to the limitations  contained herein, 25%
of the shares will vest (become  exercisable) on  ____________,  19__ and 25% of
the shares  will then vest each year  thereafter  until  either (i) you cease to
provide  services to the Company  for any  reason,  or (ii) this option  becomes
fully vested.

                  3.        EXERCISE PRICE AND METHOD OF PAYMENT.

                           (a) Exercise Price. The exercise price of this option
is  _________________  ($____________) per share, being not less than 85% of the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of this option.

                           (b) Method of Payment.  Payment of the exercise price
per share is due in full upon  exercise  of all or any part of each  installment
which has accrued to you. You may elect,  to the extent  permitted by applicable
statutes and regulations, to make payment of the exercise price under one of the
following alternatives:

                                 (i) Payment of the exercise  price per share in
cash (including check) at the time of exercise; or

                                 (ii)  Payment  pursuant to a program  developed
under  Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board which,  prior to
the issuance of Common  Stock,  


                                       1.
<PAGE>

results in either the  receipt of cash (or check) by the  Company or the receipt
of irrevocable  instructions to pay the aggregate  exercise price to the Company
from the sales proceeds;

                                 (iii) Provided that at the time of exercise the
Company's  Common  Stock is  publicly  traded and quoted  regularly  in the Wall
Street  Journal,  payment by delivery of  already-owned  shares of Common Stock,
held  for the  period  required  to  avoid a charge  to the  Company's  reported
earnings,  and  owned  free and  clear of any  liens,  claims,  encumbrances  or
security interests,  which Common Stock shall be valued at its fair market value
on the date of exercise; or

                                 (iv) Payment by a combination of the methods of
payment permitted by subparagraph 3(b)(i) through 3(b)(iii) above.

                  4. WHOLE  SHARES.  This  option may not be  exercised  for any
number of shares which would  require the issuance of anything  other than whole
shares.

                  5. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary  contained  herein,  this option may not be exercised unless the shares
issuable upon exercise of this option are then  registered  under the Act or, if
such shares are not then so  registered,  the Company has  determined  that such
exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration  requirements of the
Act.

                  6. TERM.  The term of this option  commences  on  ___________,
19__, the date of grant, and expires on ___________________ (which date shall be
no more than ten (10) years from the date this option is  granted),  unless this
option  expires  sooner as set forth below or in the Plan.  In no event may this
option be exercised on or after the Expiration Date. This option shall terminate
prior to the Expiration Date as follows:  thirty (30) days after the termination
of your  Continuous  Status as an  Employee,  Director  or  Consultant  with the
Company or an  Affiliate  of the Company (as defined in the Plan) for any reason
or for no reason unless:

                           (a)  such  termination  of  Continuous  Status  as an
Employee,  Director or Consultant is due to your permanent and total  disability
(within the meaning of Section 422(c)(6) of the Code), in which event the option
shall  expire on the  earlier of the  Expiration  Date set forth above or twelve
(12) months  following  such  termination  of Continuous  Status as an Employee,
Director or Consultant; or

                           (b)  such  termination  of  Continuous  Status  as an
Employee,  Director  or  Consultant  is due to your death or your  death  occurs
within thirty (30) days  following  your  termination  for any other reason,  in
which event the option  shall expire on the earlier of the  Expiration  Date set
forth above or twelve (12) months after your death; or

                           (c)  during any part of such  thirty  (30) day period
the  option is not  

                                       2.

<PAGE>

exercisable  solely because of the condition set forth in paragraph 5 above,  in
which event the option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date
set forth above or until it shall have been  exercisable for an aggregate period
of thirty (30) days after the  termination of Continuous  Status as an Employee,
Director or Consultant; or

                           (d)  exercise of the option  within  thirty (30) days
after  termination  of  your  Continuous  Status  as an  Employee,  Director  or
Consultant with the Company or with an Affiliate would result in liability under
section 16(b) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act"),  in
which case the option will expire on the earlier of (i) the Expiration  Date set
forth above,  (ii) the tenth (10th) day after the last date upon which  exercise
would  result in such  liability or (iii) six (6) months and ten (10) days after
the termination of your Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant
with the Company or an Affiliate.

                  However, this option may be exercised following termination of
Continuous Status as an Employee,  Director or Consultant only as to that number
of  shares  as to  which  it was  exercisable  on the  date  of  termination  of
Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant under the provisions of
paragraph 2 of this option.

                  7.        EXERCISE.

                           (a)  This  option  may be  exercised,  to the  extent
specified above, by delivering a notice of exercise (in a form designated by the
Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to
such other person as the Company may designate,  during regular  business hours,
together with such additional documents as the Company may then require pursuant
to subsection 6(f) of the Plan.

                           (b) By exercising this option you agree that:

                                 (i) as a precondition  to the completion of any
exercise of this  option,  the  Company may require you to enter an  arrangement
providing  for the cash  payment by you to the  Company  of any tax  withholding
obligation of the Company arising by reason of: (1) the exercise of this option;
(2) the lapse of any  substantial  risk of  forfeiture  to which the  shares are
subject at the time of exercise;  or (3) the disposition of shares acquired upon
such  exercise.  You also agree that any  exercise  of this  option has not been
completed  and that the Company is under no obligation to issue any Common Stock
to you until such an arrangement is established or the Company's tax withholding
obligations are satisfied, as determined by the Company; and

                                 (ii) the  Company (or a  representative  of the
underwriters) may, in connection with the first underwritten registration of the
offering of any  securities of the Company  under the Act,  require that you not
sell or  otherwise  transfer  or dispose of any shares of Common  Stock or other
securities of the Company  during such period (not to exceed one hundred  eighty
(180)  days)  following  the  effective  date  (the  "Effective  Date")  of  the
registration statement of the Company filed under the Act as may be requested by
the Company or the  representative of the  underwriters.  You further agree that
the Company may impose  stop-

                                       3.
<PAGE>

transfer  instructions  with  respect to  securities  subject  to the  foregoing
restrictions until the end of such period.

                  8. TRANSFERABILITY. This option is not transferable, except by
will or by the laws of descent  and  distribution  or  pursuant  to a  qualified
domestic  relations  order  satisfying  the  requirements  of Rule  16b-3 of the
Exchange Act (a "QDRO"),  and is  exercisable  during your life only by you or a
transferee  pursuant to a QDRO.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  by delivering
written notice to the Company,  in a form  satisfactory to the Company,  you may
designate a third party who, in the event of your  death,  shall  thereafter  be
entitled to exercise this option.

                  9.  OPTION  NOT A  SERVICE  CONTRACT.  This  option  is not an
employment  contract and nothing in this option shall be deemed to create in any
way  whatsoever  any  obligation  on your part to  continue in the employ of the
Company,  or of the Company to continue  your  employment  with the Company.  In
addition, nothing in this option shall obligate the Company or any Affiliate, or
their respective  stockholders,  Board of Directors,  officers,  or employees to
continue any  relationship  which you might have as a Director or Consultant for
the Company or Affiliate.

                  10.  NOTICES.  Any notices  provided for in this option or the
Plan  shall be given in  writing  and shall be  deemed  effectively  given  upon
receipt or, in the case of notices  delivered  by the  Company to you,  five (5)
days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid,  addressed to you
at the  address  specified  below  or at such  other  address  as you  hereafter
designate by written notice to the Company.

                                       4.
<PAGE>

                  11. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. This option is subject to all the
provisions  of the Plan, a copy of which is attached  hereto and its  provisions
are  hereby  made a part  of  this  option,  including  without  limitation  the
provisions  of  Section  6 of the Plan  relating  to option  provisions,  and is
further subject to all interpretations,  amendments, rules and regulations which
may from time to time be  promulgated  and adopted  pursuant to the Plan. In the
event of any  conflict  between the  provisions  of this option and those of the
Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

         Dated the ____ day of __________________, 19__.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            ------------------------------------



                                            By
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Duly authorized on behalf
                                               of the Board of Directors
ATTACHMENTS:

         Elexsys International, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan
         Notice of Exercise

The undersigned:

                  (a)  Acknowledges  receipt  of the  foregoing  option  and the
attachments  referenced  therein and understands that all rights and liabilities
with respect to this option are set forth in the option and the Plan; and

                  (b) Acknowledges  that as of the date of grant of this option,
it sets forth the entire understanding  between the undersigned optionee and the
Company and its affiliates regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and
supersedes  all prior  oral and  written  agreements  on that  subject  with the
exception of (i) the options previously granted and delivered to the undersigned
under stock option plans of the Company, and (ii) the following agreements only:

         NONE     
                  --------------
                  (Initial)

         OTHER
                  ----------------------------------

                  ----------------------------------

                  ----------------------------------

                                       5.
<PAGE>

                                              ----------------------------------

                                              OPTIONEE

                                              Address:
                                                        ------------------------

                                                        ------------------------
                                       6.

                           ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                        1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                             Adopted January 8, 1996

                  Approved by Shareholders on January 30, 1996


1.       PURPOSE.

         (a) The purpose of the 1996 Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan (the "Plan")
is to provide a means by which  employees  of  Elexsys  International,  Inc.,  a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and  its  Affiliates,  as  defined  in
subparagraph 1(b), which are designated as provided in subparagraph 2(b), may be
given an opportunity to purchase stock of the Company.

         (b)  The  word  "Affiliate"  as  used  in the  Plan  means  any  parent
corporation or subsidiary  corporation of the Company as those terms are defined
in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively,  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code").

         (c) The Company,  by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of
its  employees,  to secure and  retain the  services  of new  employees,  and to
provide  incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of
the Company.

         (d) The  Company  intends  that the  rights  to  purchase  stock of the
Company  granted under the Plan be considered  options issued under an "employee
stock purchase plan" as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

2.       ADMINISTRATION.

         (a) The Plan  shall be  administered  by the  Board of  Directors  (the
"Board") of the Company unless and until the Board delegates administration to a
Committee,  as  provided  in  subparagraph  2(c).  Whether  or not the Board has
delegated administration,  the Board shall have the final power to determine all
questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the  administration  of the
Plan.

         (b) The  Board  shall  have the  power,  subject  to,  and  within  the
limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

                  (i) To determine  when and how rights to purchase stock of the
Company  shall be granted  and the  provisions  of each  offering of such rights
(which need not be identical).




<PAGE>



                  (ii) To designate  from time to time which  Affiliates  of the
Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

                  (iii) To construe and  interpret  the Plan and rights  granted
under it, and to  establish,  amend and  revoke  rules and  regulations  for its
administration.  The Board,  in the  exercise  of this  power,  may  correct any
defect,  omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it
shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

                  (iv)     To amend the Plan as provided in paragraph 13.

                  (v)  Generally,  to exercise  such powers and to perform  such
acts as the Board deems  necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of
the  Company  and its  Affiliates  and to carry out the intent  that the Plan be
treated as an "employee  stock  purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423
of the Code.

         (c) The Board may  delegate  administration  of the Plan to a Committee
composed  of not fewer than two (2) members of the Board (the  "Committee").  If
administration  is  delegated  to a  Committee,  the  Committee  shall have,  in
connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed
by the Board, subject,  however, to such resolutions,  not inconsistent with the
provisions  of the Plan,  as may be adopted from time to time by the Board.  The
Board  may  abolish  the  Committee  at any time and  revest  in the  Board  the
administration of the Plan.

3.       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

         (a) Subject to the  provisions of paragraph 12 relating to  adjustments
upon  changes in stock,  the stock that may be sold  pursuant to rights  granted
under the Plan shall not exceed in the  aggregate  two  hundred  fifty  thousand
(250,000)  shares of the  Company's  common stock (the "Common  Stock").  If any
right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate  without having been
exercised,  the Common Stock not  purchased  under such right shall again become
available for the Plan.

         (b) The stock subject to the Plan may be unissued  shares or reacquired
shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

4.       GRANT OF RIGHTS; OFFERING.

         (a) The Board or the  Committee  may from time to time grant or provide
for the grant of rights to purchase  Common Stock of the Company  under the Plan
to  eligible  employees  (an  "Offering")  on a date  or  dates  (the  "Offering
Date(s)") selected by the Board or the Committee. Each Offering shall be in such
form and shall  contain such terms and  conditions as the Board or the Committee
shall deem  appropriate,  which shall  comply with the  requirements  of Section
423(b)(5) of the Code that all employees  granted rights to purchase stock under
the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges.  The terms and conditions of
an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part
of the Plan. The provisions of


                                       2.

<PAGE>



separate  Offerings  need not be  identical,  but each  Offering  shall  include
(through  incorporation  of the  provisions  of this  Plan by  reference  in the
memorandum  documenting  the Offering or otherwise)  the period during which the
Offering  shall be effective,  which period shall not exceed  twenty-seven  (27)
months  beginning  with the  Offering  Date,  the  substance  of the  provisions
contained in paragraphs 5 through 8, inclusive.


         (b) If an employee has more than one right  outstanding under the Plan,
unless  he or  she  otherwise  indicates  in  agreements  or  notices  delivered
hereunder:  (1) each  agreement  or notice  delivered by that  employee  will be
deemed to apply to all of his or her rights under the Plan, and (2) a right with
a  lower  exercise  price  (or an  earlier-granted  right,  if two  rights  have
identical  exercise  prices),  will be exercised to the fullest  possible extent
before a right with a higher  exercise price (or a  later-granted  right, if two
rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.


5.       ELIGIBILITY.

         (a) Rights may be granted  only to  employees of the Company or, as the
Board or the  Committee  may  designate  as provided in  subparagraph  2(b),  to
employees of any  Affiliate of the Company.  Except as provided in  subparagraph
5(b),  an employee of the Company or any  Affiliate  shall not be eligible to be
granted rights under the Plan,  unless,  on the Offering Date, such employee has
been in the employ of the Company or any  Affiliate for such  continuous  period
preceding such grant as the Board or the Committee may require,  but in no event
shall the required  period of continuous  employment be equal to or greater than
two (2) years.  In addition,  unless  otherwise  determined  by the Board or the
Committee and set forth in the terms of the applicable Offering,  no employee of
the Company or any  Affiliate  shall be eligible to be granted  rights under the
Plan,  unless, on the Offering Date, such employee's  customary  employment with
the  Company or such  Affiliate  is at least  twenty  (20) hours per week and at
least five (5) months per calendar year.

         (b) The Board or the Committee may provide that each person who, during
the course of an Offering,  first becomes an eligible employee of the Company or
designated  Affiliate  will, on a date or dates  specified in the Offering which
coincides  with the day on which such  person  becomes an  eligible  employee or
occurs  thereafter,  receive a right  under that  Offering,  which  right  shall
thereafter  be deemed to be a part of that  Offering.  Such right shall have the
same  characteristics as any rights originally  granted under that Offering,  as
described herein, except that:

                  (i) the  date on which  such  right  is  granted  shall be the
"Offering Date" of such right for all purposes,  including  determination of the
exercise price of such right;

                  (ii) the  period of the  Offering  with  respect to such right
shall  begin  on its  Offering  Date  and end  coincident  with  the end of such
Offering; and



                                       3.

<PAGE>



                  (iii)  the Board or the  Committee  may  provide  that if such
person  first  becomes an eligible  employee  within a specified  period of time
before the end of the Offering,  he or she will not receive any right under that
Offering.

         (c) No employee shall be eligible for the grant of any rights under the
Plan if, immediately after any such rights are granted, such employee owns stock
possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value
of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Affiliate. For purposes of this
subparagraph  5(c),  the  rules of  Section  424(d) of the Code  shall  apply in
determining the stock  ownership of any employee,  and stock which such employee
may purchase under all outstanding  rights and options shall be treated as stock
owned by such employee.

         (d) An eligible  employee may be granted  rights under the Plan only if
such  rights,  together  with any other rights  granted  under  "employee  stock
purchase  plans" of the  Company and any  Affiliates,  as  specified  by Section
423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee's rights to purchase stock of
the  Company  or any  Affiliate  to accrue at a rate which  exceeds  twenty-five
thousand dollars ($25,000) of fair market value of such stock (determined at the
time such rights are  granted) for each  calendar  year in which such rights are
outstanding at any time.

         (e)  Officers  of the  Company and any  designated  Affiliate  shall be
eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan, provided, however, that the
Board  may  provide  in an  Offering  that  certain  employees  who  are  highly
compensated  employees  within the meaning of Section  423(b)(4)(D)  of the Code
shall not be eligible to participate.

6.       RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

         (a) On each  Offering  Date,  each  eligible  employee,  pursuant to an
Offering  made under the Plan,  shall be granted the right to purchase up to the
number of shares of Common  Stock of the Company  purchasable  with a percentage
designated by the Board or the Committee not exceeding  fifteen percent (15%) of
such  employee's  Earnings (as defined in  subparagraph  7(a)) during the period
which  begins  on the  Offering  Date (or such  later  date as the  Board or the
Committee  determines for a particular  Offering) and ends on the date stated in
the Offering,  which date shall be no more than  twenty-seven  (27) months after
the Offering Date. The Board or the Committee  shall establish one or more dates
during an Offering (the  "Purchase  Date(s)") on which rights  granted under the
Plan shall be exercised  and purchases of Common Stock carried out in accordance
with such Offering.  In connection  with each Offering made under this Plan, the
Board or the  Committee  may  specify  a maximum  number of shares  which may be
purchased by any employee as well as a maximum  aggregate number of shares which
may be  purchased  by all  eligible  employees  pursuant  to such  Offering.  In
addition, in connection with each Offering which contains more than one Purchase
Date (as  defined in the  relevant  Offering),  the Board or the  Committee  may
specify a maximum  aggregate  number of  shares  which may be  purchased  by all
eligible  employees  on any  given  Purchase  Date  under the  Offering.  If the
aggregate  purchase of shares upon exercise of rights granted under the Offering
would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, the Board or the Committee shall
make a pro rata


                                       4.

<PAGE>



allocation  of the shares  available  in as nearly a uniform  manner as shall be
practicable and as it shall deem to be equitable.

         (b) The purchase  price of stock  acquired  pursuant to rights  granted
under the Plan shall be not less than the lesser of:

                  (i) an amount equal to  eighty-five  percent (85%) of the fair
market value of the stock on the Offering Date; or

                  (ii) an amount equal to eighty-five  percent (85%) of the fair
market value of the stock on the Purchase Date.

7.       PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

         (a) An eligible  employee may become a participant in the Plan pursuant
to an Offering by delivering a participation agreement to the Company within the
time specified in the Offering, in such form as the Company provides.  Each such
agreement shall  authorize  payroll  deductions of up to the maximum  percentage
specified by the Board or the Committee of such  employee's  Earnings during the
Offering.  "Earnings"  is  defined  as an  employee's  regular  salary  or wages
(including  amounts thereof  elected to be deferred by the employee,  that would
otherwise  have been paid,  under any  arrangement  established  by the  Company
intended to comply with Section 401(k), Section 402(e)(3),  Section 125, Section
402(h),  or Section 403(b) of the Code, and also including any deferrals under a
non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan or  arrangement  established  by the
Company),  which shall include or exclude  bonuses,  commissions,  overtime pay,
incentive pay, profit sharing, other remuneration paid directly to the employee,
the cost of employee benefits paid for by the Company or an Affiliate, education
or tuition  reimbursements,  imputed income arising under any group insurance or
benefit program, traveling expenses, business and moving expense reimbursements,
income  received in connection  with stock  options,  contributions  made by the
Company or an Affiliate  under any employee  benefit plan,  and similar items of
compensation,  as determined by the Board or Committee.  The payroll  deductions
made for each  participant  shall be credited to an account for such participant
under the Plan and shall be deposited  with the general funds of the Company.  A
participant  may reduce  (including  to zero) or increase or begin such  payroll
deductions,  and an eligible employee may begin such payroll  deductions,  after
the  beginning  of  any  Offering  only  as  provided  for in  the  Offering.  A
participant  may  make  additional  payments  into  his or her  account  only if
specifically  provided for in the Offering and only if the  participant  has not
had the maximum amount withheld during the Offering.

         (b) At any time during an Offering,  a participant may terminate his or
her  payroll  deductions  under  the Plan and  withdraw  from  the  Offering  by
delivering  to the  Company a notice of  withdrawal  in such form as the Company
provides.  Such  withdrawal  may be  elected at any time prior to the end of the
Offering except as provided by the Board or the Committee in the Offering.  Upon
such withdrawal from the Offering by a participant, the Company shall distribute
to such participant all of his or her accumulated payroll deductions (reduced to
the extent,  if any,  such  deductions  have been used to acquire  stock for the
participant) under the


                                       5.

<PAGE>



Offering,  without interest,  and such  participant's  interest in that Offering
shall be automatically  terminated.  A participant's withdrawal from an Offering
will have no effect upon such  participant's  eligibility  to participate in any
other Offerings under the Plan but such  participant will be required to deliver
a new  participation  agreement in order to participate in subsequent  Offerings
under the Plan.

         (c)  Rights  granted  pursuant  to any  Offering  under the Plan  shall
terminate immediately upon cessation of any participating  employee's employment
with the Company and any designated  Affiliate,  for any reason, and the Company
shall  distribute  to such  terminated  employee  all of his or her  accumulated
payroll  deductions  (reduced to the extent,  if any, such  deductions have been
used to acquire stock for the terminated employee),  under the Offering, without
interest.

         (d)  Rights  granted  under  the Plan  shall not be  transferable  by a
participant  otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution,  or
by beneficiary designation as provided in paragraph 14, and shall be exercisable
only by the person to whom such rights are granted.

8.       EXERCISE.

         (a) On each  Purchase  Date,  each  participant's  accumulated  payroll
deductions  and  other  additional  payments  specifically  provided  for in the
Offering  (without any increase for interest) will be applied to the purchase of
whole  shares  of stock of the  Company,  up to the  maximum  number  of  shares
permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering,  at the
purchase price specified in the Offering.  No fractional  shares shall be issued
upon the  exercise of rights  granted  under the Plan.  The  amount,  if any, of
accumulated payroll deductions remaining in each participant's account after the
purchase of shares which is less than the amount  required to purchase one share
of stock on the final  Purchase  Date of an Offering  shall be held in each such
participant's  account for the purchase of shares under the next Offering  under
the Plan, unless such participant withdraws from such next Offering, as provided
in  subparagraph  7(b), or is no longer  eligible to be granted rights under the
Plan, as provided in paragraph 5, in which case such amount shall be distributed
to the  participant  after  the final  Purchase  Date of the  Offering,  without
interest. The amount, if any, of accumulated payroll deductions remaining in any
participant's  account after the purchase of shares which is equal to the amount
required  to purchase  whole  shares of stock on the final  Purchase  Date of an
Offering  shall be distributed  in full to the  participant  after such Purchase
Date, without interest.

         (b) No rights  granted  under the Plan may be  exercised  to any extent
unless  the shares to be issued  upon such  exercise  under the Plan  (including
rights granted  thereunder) are covered by an effective  registration  statement
pursuant to the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act") and
the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable state,  foreign and other
securities  and other laws  applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date in any
Offering  hereunder  the Plan is not so  registered  or in such  compliance,  no
rights  granted  under  the  Plan or any  Offering  shall be  exercised  on said
Purchase  Date and the Purchase  Date shall be delayed until the Plan is subject
to such an effective registration statement and such compliance, except that the
Purchase  Date  shall not be delayed  more than two (2) months and the  Purchase
Date


                                       6.

<PAGE>



shall in no event be more than  twenty-seven (27) months from the Offering Date.
If on the  Purchase  Date of any Offering  hereunder,  as delayed to the maximum
extent permissible, the Plan is not registered and in such compliance, no rights
granted  under  the Plan or any  Offering  shall be  exercised  and all  payroll
deductions  accumulated during the Offering (reduced to the extent, if any, such
deductions  have  been  used to  acquire  stock)  shall  be  distributed  to the
participants, without interest.

9.       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

         (a) During the terms of the rights  granted under the Plan, the Company
shall  keep  available  at all times the number of shares of stock  required  to
satisfy such rights.

         (b) The Company shall seek to obtain from each federal,  state, foreign
or other regulatory  commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such
authority as may be required to issue and sell shares of stock upon  exercise of
the rights granted under the Plan. If, after reasonable efforts,  the Company is
unable to obtain from any such  regulatory  commission  or agency the  authority
which counsel for the Company deems  necessary for the lawful  issuance and sale
of stock under the Plan,  the Company  shall be relieved  from any liability for
failure to issue and sell stock upon  exercise of such  rights  unless and until
such authority is obtained.

10.      USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

         Proceeds  from the sale of stock  pursuant to rights  granted under the
Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.

11.      RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.

         A  participant  shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any
of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares  subject to rights granted
under the Plan unless and until the  participant's  shareholdings  acquired upon
exercise of rights hereunder are recorded in the books of the Company.

12.      ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

         (a) If any change is made in the stock  subject to the Plan, or subject
to  any  rights   granted  under  the  Plan  (through   merger,   consolidation,
reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock  dividend,  dividend in property other
than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of
shares,  change in corporate  structure or other  transaction  not involving the
receipt of consideration by the Company),  the Plan and outstanding  rights will
be appropriately  adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of shares subject
to the Plan and the  class(es) and number of shares and price per share of stock
subject to outstanding  rights.  Such adjustments  shall be made by the Board or
Committee,  the  determination of which shall be final,  binding and conclusive.
(The  conversion  of any  convertible  securities  of the  Company  shall not be
treated as a  "transaction  not  including the receipt of  consideration  by the
Company.")



                                       7.

<PAGE>



          (b) In the event of: (1) a dissolution  or liquidation of the Company;
(2) a  merger  or  consolidation  in  which  the  Company  is not the  surviving
corporation;  (3) a  reverse  merger  in  which  the  Company  is the  surviving
corporation but the shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding immediately
preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other  property,
whether in the form of securities,  cash or otherwise;  or (4) any other capital
reorganization  in which  more than  fifty  percent  (50%) of the  shares of the
Company entitled to vote are exchanged,  then, as determined by the Board in its
sole discretion (i) any surviving  corporation may assume  outstanding rights or
substitute  similar  rights  for  those  under the Plan,  (ii) such  rights  may
continue in full force and effect, or (iii)  participants'  accumulated  payroll
deductions  may be  used to  purchase  Common  Stock  immediately  prior  to the
transaction  described  above and the  participants'  rights  under the  ongoing
Offering terminated.

13.      AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.

         (a) The Board at any time,  and from time to time,  may amend the Plan.
However, except as provided in paragraph 12 relating to adjustments upon changes
in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of
the  Company  within  twelve  (12)  months  before or after the  adoption of the
amendment, where the amendment will:

                  (i)  Increase  the number of shares  reserved for rights under
the Plan;

                  (ii) Modify the provisions as to eligibility for participation
in the Plan (to the extent such modification  requires  shareholder  approval in
order  for the Plan to obtain  employee  stock  purchase  plan  treatment  under
Section  423 of the  Code or to  comply  with  the  requirements  of Rule  16b-3
promulgated  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Rule 16b-
3")); or

                  (iii)  Modify  the Plan in any other way if such  modification
requires  shareholder  approval in order for the Plan to obtain  employee  stock
purchase  plan  treatment  under  Section  423 of the Code or to comply with the
requirements of Rule 16b-3.

It is  expressly  contemplated  that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect
the Board deems  necessary or advisable to provide  eligible  employees with the
maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and
the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to employee stock purchase plans
and/or  to bring  the  Plan  and/or  rights  granted  under  it into  compliance
therewith.

         (b) Rights and obligations under any rights granted before amendment of
the Plan shall not be impaired  by any  amendment  of the Plan,  except with the
consent of the person to whom such rights were granted or except as necessary to
comply with any laws or governmental regulation.



                                       8.

<PAGE>


14.      DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

         (a) A participant  may file a written  designation of a beneficiary who
is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's  account under
the Plan in the event of such  participant's  death  subsequent to the end of an
Offering but prior to delivery to the  participant  of such shares and cash.  In
addition,  a participant may file a written  designation of a beneficiary who is
to receive any cash from the  participant's  account under the Plan in the event
of such participant's death during an Offering.

         (b) Such  designation of beneficiary  may be changed by the participant
at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a participant and in
the absence of a beneficiary  validly designated under the Plan who is living at
the time of such  participant's  death,  the Company  shall  deliver such shares
and/or cash to the executor or  administrator  of the estate of the participant,
or if no such executor or administrator  has been appointed (to the knowledge of
the Company),  the Company,  in its  discretion,  may deliver such shares and/or
cash  to the  spouse  or to any  one or  more  dependents  or  relatives  of the
participant,  or if no spouse,  dependent  or relative is known to the  Company,
then to such other person as the Company may designate.


15.      TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

         (a) The Board may suspend or terminate  the Plan at any time. No rights
may be  granted  under  the  Plan  while  the Plan is  suspended  or after it is
terminated.

         (b) Rights and  obligations  under any rights granted while the Plan is
in effect shall not be altered or impaired by suspension or  termination  of the
Plan, except as expressly provided in the Plan or with the consent of the person
to whom such rights were  granted or except as necessary to comply with any laws
or governmental regulation.

16.      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

         The Plan shall become  effective  as  determined  by the Board,  but no
rights  granted under the Plan shall be exercised  unless and until the Plan has
been approved by the shareholders of the Company.



                                       9.


                           ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                 1996 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN

                           ADOPTED ON JANUARY 8, 1996

                            APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS
                               ON January 30, 1996


1.       PURPOSE.
         (a) The purpose of the 1996  Non-Employee  Directors' Stock Option Plan
(the  "Plan")  is  to  provide  a  means  by  which  each  director  of  Elexsys
International, Inc. (the "Company") who is not otherwise at the time of grant an
employee  of or  consultant  to the Company or of any  Affiliate  of the Company
(each such person being hereafter referred to as a "Non-Employee Director") will
be given an opportunity to purchase stock of the Company.
         (b)  The  word  "Affiliate"  as  used  in the  Plan  means  any  parent
corporation or subsidiary  corporation of the Company as those terms are defined
in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively,  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended from time to time (the "Code").
         (c) The Company,  by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of
persons now serving as  Non-Employee  Directors  of the  Company,  to secure and
retain the  services  of persons  capable  of serving in such  capacity,  and to
provide  incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of
the Company.

2.       ADMINISTRATION.
         (a) The Plan shall be  administered  by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company (the "Board") unless and until the Board delegates  administration  to a
committee, as provided in subparagraph 2(b).


                                       1.

<PAGE>



         (b) The Board may  delegate  administration  of the Plan to a committee
composed  of not fewer than two (2) members of the Board (the  "Committee").  If
administration  is  delegated  to a  Committee,  the  Committee  shall have,  in
connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed
by the Board, subject,  however, to such resolutions,  not inconsistent with the
provisions  of the Plan,  as may be adopted from time to time by the Board.  The
Board  may  abolish  the  Committee  at any time and  revest  in the  Board  the
administration of the Plan. 3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.
         (a) Subject to the  provisions of paragraph 10 relating to  adjustments
upon changes in stock,  the stock that may be sold  pursuant to options  granted
under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate two hundred thousand  (200,000)
shares of the Company's common stock. If any option granted under the Plan shall
for any reason expire or otherwise  terminate  without  having been exercised in
full, the stock not purchased under such option shall again become available for
the Plan.
         (b) The stock subject to the Plan may be unissued  shares or reacquired
shares, bought on the market or otherwise.
4.       ELIGIBILITY.
         Options shall be granted only to Non-Employee Directors of the Company.
5.       NON-DISCRETIONARY GRANTS.
         (a) Each person who is, after September 30, 1995, elected for the first
time to be a Non-Employee Director automatically shall, upon the date of initial
election  to be a  NonEmployee  Director  by the  Board or  stockholders  of the
Company, be granted an option to


                                       2.

<PAGE>



purchase fifteen thousand  (15,000) shares of common stock of the Company on the
terms and conditions set forth herein.
         (b) Each year, commencing with calendar year 1997, on the day following
the day of the annual meeting of the  stockholders  of the Company,  each person
who is then a NonEmployee  Director and has been a Non-Employee  Director for at
least four (4) months  automatically shall be granted an option to purchase five
thousand  (5,000)  shares  of  common  stock of the  Company  on the  terms  and
conditions set forth herein.
6.       OPTION PROVISIONS.
         Each option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
         (a) The term of each option  commences  on the date it is granted  and,
unless sooner  terminated as set forth herein,  expires on the date ("Expiration
Date")  ten (10) years from the date of grant.  If the  optionee's  service as a
Non-Employee  Director  or  employee  of or  consultant  to the  Company  or any
Affiliate terminates for any reason or for no reason, the option shall terminate
on the earlier of the Expiration  Date or the date twelve (12) months  following
the date of termination  of all such service;  provided,  however,  that if such
termination  of  service  is due to  the  optionee's  death,  the  option  shall
terminate  on the  earlier  of the  Expiration  Date  or  eighteen  (18)  months
following the date of the optionee's  death.  In any and all  circumstances,  an
option may be exercised  following  termination of the  optionee's  service as a
Non-Employee  Director  or  employee  of or  consultant  to the  Company  or any
Affiliate only as to that number of shares as to which it was  exercisable as of
the date of termination of all such service under the provisions of subparagraph
6(e).
         (b) The  exercise  price of each option  shall be one  hundred  percent
(100%) of the fair market value of the stock  subject to such option on the date
such option is granted.


                                       3.

<PAGE>



         (c) The optionee may elect to make payment of the exercise  price under
one of the following alternatives:
                  (i)  Payment  of the  exercise  price per share in cash at the
time of exercise; or
                  (ii)  Provided  that at the time of the exercise the Company's
common stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in the Wall Street Journal,
payment by delivery of shares of common  stock of the Company  already  owned by
the  optionee,  held for the period  required to avoid a charge to the Company's
reported earnings,  and owned free and clear of any liens, claims,  encumbrances
or  security  interest,  which  common  stock shall be valued at its fair market
value on the date preceding the date of exercise; or
                  (iii)  Payment  by a  combination  of the  methods  of payment
specified in subparagraph 6(c)(i) and 6(c)(ii) above.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, this option may be exercised pursuant to
a program  developed  under  Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal  Reserve
Board  which  results in the  receipt of cash (or check) by the  Company  either
prior to the issuance of shares of the Company's common stock or pursuant to the
terms of irrevocable  instructions  issued by the optionee prior to the issuance
of shares of the Company's common stock.
         (d) An option shall not be  transferable  except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order
satisfying the  requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 ("Rule 16b-3") and shall be  exercisable  during the lifetime of the person
to whom the option is granted  only by such person (or by his  guardian or legal
representative)  or transferee  pursuant to such an order.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the optionee may, by delivering  written  notice to the Company in a
form satisfactory


                                       4.

<PAGE>



to the  Company,  designate  a third party who, in the event of the death of the
optionee, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the option.
         (e) The option shall become  exercisable in installments  over a period
of four years from the date of grant as follows:  one forty-eighth (1/48) of the
shares  shall vest each  month  commencing  on the date of grant of the  option,
provided that the optionee  has,  during the entire period prior to such vesting
date, continuously served as a Non-Employee Director,  employee or consultant to
the Company or any Affiliate of the Company,  whereupon such option shall become
fully  exercisable in accordance  with its terms with respect to that portion of
the shares represented by that installment.
         (f) The  Company may  require  any  optionee,  or any person to whom an
option is transferred under  subparagraph 6(d), as a condition of exercising any
such option:  (i) to give written  assurances  satisfactory to the Company as to
the optionee's  knowledge and experience in financial and business matters;  and
(ii) to give written  assurances  satisfactory  to the Company stating that such
person is  acquiring  the stock  subject  to the option  for such  person's  own
account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise  distributing
the  stock.  These  requirements,  and any  assurances  given  pursuant  to such
requirements,  shall be  inoperative  if (i) the issuance of the shares upon the
exercise  of the  option  has been  registered  under a  thencurrently-effective
registration  statement  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities Act"), or (ii), as to any particular requirement, a determination is
made by counsel for the  Company  that such  requirement  need not be met in the
circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may require
any  optionee  to provide  such other  representations,  written  assurances  or
information  which the  Company  shall  determine  is  necessary,  desirable  or
appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws as a condition of


                                       5.

<PAGE>



granting an option to the  optionee or  permitting  the optionee to exercise the
option. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on
stock  certificates  issued  under the Plan as such counsel  deems  necessary or
appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws,  including,  but
not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.
         (g)  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained  herein,  an
option may not be exercised  unless the shares  issuable  upon  exercise of such
option are then  registered  under the Securities Act or, if such shares are not
then so registered,  the Company has determined  that such exercise and issuance
would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
         (h) The  Company  (or a  representative  of the  underwriters)  may, in
connection  with the first  underwritten  registration  of the  offering  of any
securities of the Company under the  Securities  Act,  require that any optionee
not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of common stock or other
securities of the Company  during such period (not to exceed one hundred  eighty
(180) days)  following the effective date of the  registration  statement of the
Company filed under the Securities Act as may be requested by the Company or the
representative of the underwriters. 7. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.
         (a) During the terms of the options granted under the Plan, the Company
shall  keep  available  at all times the number of shares of stock  required  to
satisfy such options.
         (b) The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or
agency having  jurisdiction  over the Plan such  authority as may be required to
issue and sell shares of


                                       6.

<PAGE>



stock upon exercise of the options  granted under the Plan;  provided,  however,
that this  undertaking  shall not  require  the  Company to  register  under the
Securities  Act either the Plan, any option granted under the Plan, or any stock
issued or issuable  pursuant to any such option.  If, after reasonable  efforts,
the Company is unable to obtain from any such  regulatory  commission  or agency
the  authority  which  counsel for the Company  deems  necessary  for the lawful
issuance and sale of stock under the Plan,  the Company  shall be relieved  from
any liability for failure to issue and sell stock upon exercise of such options.
8.       USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.
         Proceeds from the sale of stock  pursuant to options  granted under the
Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.
9.       MISCELLANEOUS.
         (a) Neither an optionee nor any person to whom an option is transferred
under  subparagraph  6(d) shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of
the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares subject to such option unless
and until such person has satisfied all  requirements for exercise of the option
pursuant to its terms.
         (b) Throughout the term of any option granted pursuant to the Plan, the
Company  shall make  available to the holder of such option,  not later than one
hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each of the Company's  fiscal years
during the option term,  upon  request,  such  financial  and other  information
regarding the Company as comprises the annual report to the  stockholders of the
Company  provided  for in the Bylaws of the Company  and such other  information
regarding the Company as the holder of such option may reasonably request.


                                       7.

<PAGE>



         (c) Nothing in the Plan or in any instrument  executed pursuant thereto
shall confer upon any Non-Employee Director any right to continue in the service
of the Company or any Affiliate in any capacity or shall affect any right of the
Company,  its Board or stockholders or any Affiliate to remove any  Non-Employee
Director  pursuant to the Company's  By-Laws and the  provisions of the Delaware
General  Corporation  Law (or the laws of the Company's  state of  incorporation
should that change in the future).
         (d) No Non-Employee  Director,  individually or as a member of a group,
and no beneficiary or other person claiming under or through him, shall have any
right,  title or interest in or to any option  reserved  for the purposes of the
Plan  except as to such  shares  of common  stock,  if any,  as shall  have been
reserved for him pursuant to an option granted to him.
         (e) In connection  with each option made pursuant to the Plan, it shall
be a condition precedent to the Company's obligation to issue or transfer shares
to a Non-Employee  Director,  or to evidence the removal of any  restrictions on
transfer, that such Non-Employee Director make arrangements  satisfactory to the
Company  to insure  that the  amount of any  federal  or other  withholding  tax
required to be withheld  with respect to such sale or transfer,  or such removal
or lapse, is made available to the Company for timely payment of such tax.
         (f) As used in this Plan,  "fair market value"  means,  as of any date,
the value of the common stock of the Company determined as follows:
                  (i) If the  common  stock is listed on any  established  stock
exchange or a national market system,  including without limitation the National
Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. Automated
Quotation  ("NASDAQ")  System,  the Fair Market Value of a share of common stock
shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the


                                       8.

<PAGE>



closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such system or exchange (or
the exchange  with the greatest  volume of trading in common  stock) on the last
market  trading day prior to the day of  determination,  as reported in the Wall
Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable;
                  (ii) If the common  stock is quoted on the NASDAQ  System (but
not  on  the  National  Market  System  thereof)  or is  regularly  quoted  by a
recognized  securities  dealer but  selling  prices are not  reported,  the Fair
Market  Value of a share of common  stock shall be the mean  between the bid and
asked  prices for the common  stock on the last market  trading day prior to the
day of  determination,  as  reported  in the Wall  Street  Journal or such other
source as the Board deems reliable;
                  (iii) In the absence of an  established  market for the common
stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.
10.      ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.
         (a) If any change is made in the stock  subject to the Plan, or subject
to  any  option   granted  under  the  Plan  (through   merger,   consolidation,
reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock  dividend,  dividend in property other
than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of
shares,  change in corporate  structure or other  transaction  not involving the
receipt of consideration by the Company),  the Plan and outstanding options will
be appropriately  adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of shares subject
to the Plan and the  class(es) and number of shares and price per share of stock
subject to outstanding options. Such adjustments shall be made by the Board, the
determination of which shall be final, binding, and conclusive.


                                       9.

<PAGE>



(The  conversion  of any  convertible  securities  of the  Company  shall not be
treated as a  "transaction  not  involving the receipt of  consideration  by the
Company.")
         (b) In the event of: (1) a dissolution,  liquidation, or sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company; (2) a merger or consolidation in
which the  Company is not the  surviving  corporation;  (3) a reverse  merger in
which the Company is the surviving  corporation  but the shares of the Company's
common  stock  outstanding  immediately  preceding  the merger are  converted by
virtue of the merger  into other  property,  whether in the form of  securities,
cash or otherwise; or (4) the acquisition by any person, entity or groups within
the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any comparable successor provisions  (excluding
any employee  benefit  plan,  or related  trust,  approved or  maintained by the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company) of the beneficial ownership (within the
meaning  of Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act,  or  comparable
successor rule) of securities of the Company representing at least fifty percent
(50%)  of the  combined  voting  power  entitled  to  vote  in the  election  of
directors,  then to the extent not prohibited by applicable law: the time during
which options  outstanding  under the Plan may be exercised shall be accelerated
prior to such  event and the  options  terminated  if not  exercised  after such
acceleration and at or prior to such event. 11. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.
         (a) The Board at any time,  and from time to time,  may amend the Plan,
provided,  however, that the Board shall not amend the plan more than once every
six (6) months,  with respect to the  provisions of the Plan which relate to the
amount,  price and timing of grants,  other than to comport  with changes in the
Code, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act,


                                       10.

<PAGE>



or the  rules  thereunder.  Except as  provided  in  paragraph  10  relating  to
adjustments  upon  changes in stock,  no  amendment  shall be  effective  unless
approved by the  stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or
after the adoption of the amendment, where the amendment will:
                  (i)  Increase  the number of shares  which may be issued under
the Plan;
                  (ii)   Modify  the   requirements   as  to   eligibility   for
participation in the Plan (to the extent such modification  requires stockholder
approval in order for the Plan to comply with the  requirements  of Rule 16b-3);
or
                  (iii)  Modify  the Plan in any other way if such  modification
requires  stockholder  approval  in  order  for the  Plan  to  comply  with  the
requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

         (b)  Rights  and  obligations  under  any  option  granted  before  any
amendment  of the Plan shall not be  impaired by such  amendment  unless (i) the
Company  requests  the  consent of the person to whom the option was granted and
(ii) such person consents in writing.
12.      TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.
         (a) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No options
may be  granted  under  the  Plan  while  the Plan is  suspended  or after it is
terminated.
         (b) Rights and  obligations  under any option granted while the Plan is
in effect shall not be impaired by suspension or termination of the Plan, except
with the consent of the person to whom the option was granted.
         (c) The Plan shall  terminate  upon the occurrence of any of the events
described in Section 10(b) above.


                                       11.

<PAGE>


13.      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN; CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE.
         (a) The Plan  shall  become  effective  upon  adoption  by the Board of
Directors,  subject to the condition subsequent that the Plan is approved by the
stockholders of the Company.
         (b) No option  granted under the Plan shall be exercised or exercisable
unless and until the condition of subparagraph 13(a) above has been met.



                                       12.






                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

1. Parties.  This Lease,  dated for reference  purposes only, March 11, 1996, is
made  by and  between  South  Bay/Fortran,  a  California  limited  partnership,
("Landlord"),   and  Elexsys  International,   Inc.,  a  California  corporation
("Tenant").

2.  Premises.  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant  hereby leases from
Landlord,  upon the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  those certain
premises (the "Premises") presently known, as of the date of this Lease, as 4405
Fortran Court, situated in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of
California,  described  as follows:  for  purposes of this Lease,  the  rentable
square  footage  area  of the  Building  shall  be  deemed  to be  approximately
sixty-six  thousand  three  hundred   sixty-eight   (66,368)  square  feet  (the
"Building"),  as shown cross-hatched on the site plan (the "Site Plan") attached
hereto as Exhibit "A". The Building is located on a larger parcel (the "Parcel")
containing  other buildings (the  "Buildings") as shown on the Site Plan,  which
Parcel is  described  in Exhibit  "B"  attached  hereto.  In the event  Landlord
subdivides the Parcel in the future into two (2) or more legal parcels, the term
"Parcel"  shall  thereafter  refer to the legal parcel on which the Premises are
located.  Except as provided in Exhibit "C",  Landlord  shall not be required to
make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises and the Premises
shall be leased  to  Tenant in an  "as-is"  condition;  provided,  however,  the
Premises will be delivered to Tenant in good condition and repair, including the
roof and structural integrity of the Building, and the Premises as they exist on
the date of  execution  of this  Lease  (exclusive  of any  Tenant  Improvements
constructed   pursuant  to  Exhibit  "C"),   will  be  in  compliance  with  all
governmental   codes,   ordinances  and  statutes,   including   Americans  With
Disabilities Act ("ADA").

3. Term.  The term of this  Lease  ("Lease  Term")  shall be for seven (7) year,
commencing  on July 1, 1996,  (the  "Commencement  Date") and ending on June 30,
2003, unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof. Notwithstanding
said  scheduled  Commencement  Date, if for any reason  Landlord  cannot deliver
possession of the Premises to Tenant on said date, Landlord shall not be subject
to any liability  therefor,  nor shall such failure  affect the validity of this
Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder,  but in such case Tenant shall not
be obligated to pay rent until  possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant
and the  commencement  and  termination  dates of this Lease shall be revised to
conform  to the date of the  Landlord's  delivery  of  possession.  In the event
Landlord  shall permit Tenant to occupy the Premises  prior to the  Commencement
Date,  such  occupancy  shall be subject to all the  provisions  of this  Lease,
including the obligation to pay the Monthly Installment of rent, and Common Area
Charges.

4. Rent.

     A. Time of Payment.  Tenant  shall pay to Landlord as rent for the Premises
     the sum specified in paragraph 4.b below (the "Monthly  Installment")  each
     month in advance on the first day of each calendar month, without deduction
     or offset, prior notice or demand,  commencing on the Commencement Date and
     continuing  through the term of this Lease,  together with such  additional
     rents as are payable by Tenant to  Landlord  under the terms of this Lease.
     The Monthly  Installment  for any period during the Lease Term which period
     is less than one (1) full month  shall be a prorata  portion of the Monthly
     installment based upon a thirty (30) day month.

     B.  Monthly Installment

         (1) Initial Monthly  Installment.  The initial  Monthly  Installment of
         rent   payable   each  month   during  the  first  (1st)   through  the
         twenty-fourth  (24th)  month  of the  Lease  Term  shall  be the sum of
         Forty-six  Thousand Four hundred  Fifty-eight and no/100ths Dollars per
         month. ($46,458.00).

         (2)  Rent Adjustments.

               (a) Commencing  with the  twenty-fifth (25th)  month of the Lease
               Term,  the  Monthly  Installment  of rent shall be  increased  to
               Forty-nine  Thousand  Seven  Hundred  Seventy-six  and  no/100ths
               Dollars ($49,776.00);

               (b) Commencing with the  forty-ninth  (49th)  month of the  Lease
               Term,  the  Monthly  Installment  of rent shall be  increased  to
               Fifty-three    Thousand   Ninety-four   and   no/100ths   Dollars
               ($53,094.00); and,

               (c) Commencing with the  seventy-third  (73rd) month of the Lease
               Term,  the  Monthly  Installment  of rent shall be  increased  to
               Fifty-three  Thousand Four Hundred Thirteen and no/100ths Dollars
               ($56,413.00).

     C. Late Charge. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord
     of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not
     contemplated  by this Lease,  the exact  amount of which will be  extremely
     difficult  to  ascertain.  Such  costs  include,  but are not  limited  to,
     processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on
     Landlord  by the  terms  of any  mortgage  or deed of  trust  covering  the
     Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or any other sum due from
     Tenant  shall not be received  by Landlord  within ten (10) days after such
     amount shall be due,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  as additional  rent, a
     late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such overdue  amount.  The parties
     hereby  agree  that  such  late  charge  represents  a fair and  reasonable
     estimate  of the costs  Landlord  will  incur by reason of late  payment by
     Tenant.  Acceptance  of such  late  charge  by  Landlord  shall in no event
     constitute  a waiver of  Tenant's  default  with  respect  to such  overdue
     amount,  nor prevent  Landlord from  exercising any of its other rights and
     remedies granted hereunder.

     D. Additional  Rent. All taxes,  insurance  premiums,  Common Area Charges,
     late charges, costs and expenses which Tenant is required to pay hereunder,
     together  with all interest and  penalties  that may accrue  thereon in the
     event of Tenant's failure to pay such amounts,  and all reasonable damages,
     costs and  attorneys'  fees and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason
     of any  default of Tenant or failure on  Tenant's  part to comply  with the
     terms of this Lease,  shall be deemed to be  additional  rent  ("Additional
     Rent") and shall be paid in additional to the Monthly  Installment of rent,
     and, in the event of nonpayment of the Monthly Installment of rent.

     E. Place of  Payment.  Rent shall be payable in lawful  money of the United
     States of America to Landlord at 511 Division Street,  Campbell,  CA, or to
     such other person(s) or at such other place(s) as Landlord may designate in
     writing.

     F. Advance Payment.  Concurrently with the execution of this Lease,  Tenant
     shall  pay  to  Landlord  the  sum  of  Forty-six   Thousand  four  Hundred
     Fifty-eight and no/100ths Dollars ($46,458.00) to be applied to the Monthly
     Installment of rent first accruing under this Lease.


<PAGE>



5. Security  Deposit.  Tenant shall  deposit the sum of Fifty-six  Thousand Four
Hundred Thirteen and no/100ths  Dollars  ($56,413.00)  (the "Security  Deposit")
upon  execution of this Lease,  to secure the faithful  performance by Tenant of
each term,  convenient and condition of this Lease.  If Tenant shall at any time
fail to may any  payment  or fail to keep  or  perform  any  term,  covenant  or
condition on its part to be made or performed or kept under this Lease, Landlord
may, but shall not be obligated to and without waiving or releasing  tenant from
any obligation  under this Lease,  use, apply or retain the whole or any part of
the Security  Deposit (A) to the extent of any sum due to Landlord;  (B) to make
any required payment on Tenant's behalf;  or (C) to compensate  Landlord for any
loss, damages,  attorneys' fees or expense sustained by Landlord due to Tenant's
default.  In such event, Tenant shall, within five (5) days of written demand by
Landlord,  remit to Landlord sufficient funds to restore the Security Deposit to
its original  sum. No interest  shall accrue on the Security  Deposit.  Landlord
shall not be required to keep the Security  Deposit  separate from its.  general
funds. Should Tenant comply with all the terms, covenants and conditions of this
Lease  and at the end of the  term of  this  Lease  leave  the  Premises  in the
condition  required by this Lease,  then said  Security  Deposit,  less any sums
owing to Landlord, shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the
termination of this Lease and vacancy of the Premises by Tenant.

6. Use of  Premises.  Tenant  shall use the Premises  only in  conformance  with
applicable governmental laws, regulations,  rules and ordinances for the purpose
of general office,  research and  development,  light  manufacturing,  assembly,
warehousing and distribution of electronic  products,  and for no other purpose.
Tenant shall indemnify,  protect, defend, and hold Landlord harmless against any
loss,  expense,  damage,  attorney' fees or liability  arising out of failure of
Tenant to comply with any applicable  law.  Tenant shall not commit or suffer to
be committed,  any waster upon the Premises,  or any nuisance,  or other acts or
things  which  may  disturb  the  quiet  enjoyment  of any  other  tenant in the
buildings  adjacent  to the  Premises,  or allow  any sale by  auction  upon the
Premises,  or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful  purpose,  or place
any loads upon the floor,  walls or ceiling  which  endanger the  structure,  or
place any  harmful  liquids in the  drainage  system of the  Building.  No waste
materials or refuse shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain upon any part of
the Premises outside of the Buildings  proper,  except in trash containers place
inside exterior enclosures designated for that purpose by Landlord. No material,
supplies,  equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials
or articles of any nature  shall be stored  upon or  permitted  to remain on any
portion of the Premises  outside the  Building  proper.  Tenant  shall  strictly
comply with the provisions of Paragraph 39 below.

7.  Taxes and Assessments

     A. Tenant's Property. Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes
     and  assessments,  license  fees and public  charges  levied,  assessed  or
     imposed  upon  or  against  Tenant's  fixtures,   equipment,   furnishings,
     furniture,  appliances  and  personal  property  installed or located on or
     within  the  Premises.   Tenant  shall  cause  said  fixtures,   equipment,
     furnishings, furniture, appliances and personal property to be assessed and
     billed  separately  from the real property of Landlord.  If any of Tenant's
     said personal  property  shall be assessed with  Landlord's  real property,
     Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes  attributable to Tenant within ten (10)
     days after receipt of a written  statement from Landlord  setting forth the
     taxes applicable to Tenant's property.


<PAGE>



     B. Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, its Pro Rata Share
     (as defined below) of all Property Taxes levied or assessed with respect to
     the  land   comprising  the  Parcel  with  respect  to  all  buildings  and
     improvements  located on the Parcel which  become due or accrue  during the
     term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay such Property Taxes to Landlord within
     twenty (20) days after receipt of billing.  Provided  that  Landlord  bills
     Tenant at least  thirty  (30) days  prior to the  delinquency  date of such
     Property  Taxes,  Tenant shall pay such Property Taxes to Landlord at least
     ten (10) days prior to the delinquency  date, and if Tenant fails to do so,
     Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for all interest, late fees and
     penalties  that  the  taxing  authority  charges  Landlord.  In  the  event
     Landlord's  mortgagee  requires an impound for Property Taxes,  then on the
     first day of each month during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord on
     twelfth  (1/12)  of its  annual  share  of such  Property  Taxes.  Tenant's
     liability  hereunder  shall be  prorated to reflect  the  Commencement  and
     termination dates of this Lease. Tenant's share of the Property Taxes shall
     be  determined by Landlord from the  respective  valuation  assigned in the
     Assessor's  worksheet  or  such  other  information  as may  be  reasonably
     available.  Landlord's  reasonable  determination  thereof,  in good faith,
     shall be  conclusive.  As used in this Lease,  the term  "Tenant's Pro Rata
     Share" shall mean a fraction,  expressed as a percentage,  the numerator of
     which is the number of square feet of floor space  contained  in all of the
     Buildings located on the Parcel. As of the Commencement Date,  Tenant's Pro
     Rata Share is twenty-two and forty-eight hundredths percent (22.48%).

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the  event  of a  reassessment  of the
     Property  Taxes due to the voluntary sale of the Premises which sale occurs
     any time after the expiration of the second year of the Lease Term.  Tenant
     shall  not be  responsible  to pay its Pro Rata  Share of any  increase  in
     Property  Taxes  due to  such  sale to the  extent  such  increase  exceeds
     twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the Property Tax bill  assessed  immediately
     prior to the sale of the  Premises.  This cap  shall  not apply to any sale
     that  occurs  during  the first two (2) years of the Lease Term or any time
     after the  initial  Lease Term  expires,  and shall not apply for any other
     reassessment of the property due to construction of tenant  improvements or
     any other increase in value of the property.  Also, this cap shall no apply
     to any increase in real property taxes that result from a foreclosure sale,
     deed in lieu of foreclosure or other involuntary transfer of the Premises.

     For the purpose of this Lease,  "Property  Taxes"  means and  includes  all
     taxes,  assessments (including,  but not limited to, assessments for public
     improvements  or  benefits),  taxes based on  vehicles,  utilizing  parking
     areas,  taxes based or measured by the rent paid, payable or received under
     this Lease,  taxes on the value,  use, or  occupancy of the  Premises,  the
     Buildings  and/or  the  Parcel,  Environmental  Surcharges,  and all  other
     governmental  impositions and charges of every kind and nature  whatsoever,
     whether or not customary or within the  contemplation of the parties hereto
     and  regardless  of whether the same shall be  extraordinary  or  ordinary,
     general or special, unforeseen or foreseen, or similar or dissimilar to any
     of the  foregoing  which,  at any  time  during  the  Lease  Term  shall be
     applicable  to the Premises,  the Buildings  and/or the Parcel or assessed,
     levied or imposed upon to the Premises, the Buildings and/or the Parcel, or
     become  due and  payable  and a lien or charge  upon to the  Premises,  the
     Buildings and/or the Parcel, or any part thereof, under or by virtue of any
     present  or  future  laws,  statutes,  ordinances,   regulations  or  other
     requirements   of  any   governmental   authority   whatsoever.   The  term
     "Environmental  Surcharges"  shall mean and include  any and all  expenses,
     taxes,  charges or penalties  imposed by the Federal  Department of Energy,
     the Federal Environmental  Protection Agency, the Federal Clean Air Act, or
     any regulations promulgated thereunder or any other local, state or federal
     governmental  agency or entity now or  hereafter  vested  with the power to
     impose  taxes,  assessments,  or other  types of  surcharges  as a means of
     controlling or abating  environmental  pollution or the use of energy.  The
     term "Property  Taxes" shall not include any federal,  state,  or local net
     income, estate, or inheritance tax imposed on Landlord.

     C. Other Taxes. Tenant shall, as additional rent, pay or reimburse Landlord
     for any tax  based  upon,  allocable  to,  or  measured  by the area of the
     Premises or the  Buildings or the Parcel;  or by the rent paid,  payable or
     received under this Lease;  any tax upon or with respect to the possession,
     leasing, 

<PAGE>


     operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of
     the  Premises  or any  portion  thereof;  any  privilege  tax,  excise tax,
     business and  occupation  tax,  gross  receipts tax, sales and /or use tax,
     water tax, sewer tax, employee tax,  occupational  license tax imposed upon
     Landlord  or  Tenant  with  respect  to the  Premises;  any tax  upon  this
     transaction   or  any  document  to  which  Tenant  is  party  creating  or
     transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

8.  Insurance

     A.  Indemnity.  Tenant  agrees to  indemnify,  protect and defend  Landlord
     against  and hold  Landlord  harmless  from any and all  claims,  causes of
     action, judgments,  obligations or liabilities, and all reasonable expenses
     incurred in  investigating  or  resisting  the same  (including  reasonable
     attorneys'  fees),  on  account  of,  or  arising  out of,  the  operation,
     maintenance,  use or occupancy  of the  Premises and all areas  appurtenant
     thereto.  This Lease is made on the  express  understanding  that  Landlord
     shall not be liable for,  or suffer loss by reason of,  injury to person or
     property,  from  whatever  cause  (except fro active  negligence or willful
     misconduct  of  Landlord),  which  in any way  may be  connected  with  the
     operation, use or occupancy of the Premises specifically including, without
     limitation,  any  liability for injury to the person or property of Tenant,
     its agents, officers, employees, licensees and invitees.

     B. Liability Insurance.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, obtain and keep
     in force  during  the term of this Lease a policy of  comprehensive  public
     liability  insurance  insuring  Landlord  and  tenant  against  claims  and
     liabilities arising out of the operation, use, or occupancy of the Premises
     and all areas appurtenant thereto,  including parking areas. Such insurance
     shall  be  in  an   amount  of  not  less  than   Three   Million   Dollars
     ($3,000,000.00)  for  bodily  injury  or  death  as a  result  of  any  one
     occurrence and Five Hundred  Thousand Dollars  ($500,000.00)  for damage to
     property as a result of any one  occurrence.  The  insurance  shall be with
     companies  approved by  Landlord,  which  approval  Landlord  agrees not to
     withhold  unreasonably.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord,  which  approval
     Landlord agrees not to thirty (30) days prior to the expiration  thereof, a
     certificate of insurance  evidencing  the existence of the policy  required
     hereunder  and such  certificate  shall  certify  that the policy (1) names
     Landlord  as an  additional  insured,  (2) shall not be canceled or altered
     without  thirty (30) days prior  written  notice to  Landlord,  (3) insures
     performance  of the  indemnity  set forth in Paragraph  8.A above,  (4) the
     coverage is primary and any  coverage by Landlord is in excess  thereto and
     (5) contains a cross-liability endorsement.  Landlord may maintain a policy
     or policies of comprehensive  general liability insurance insuring Landlord
     (and such others as are  designation  by Landlord),  against  liability for
     personal injury,  bodily injury,  death and damage to property occurring or
     resulting  from an  occurrence  in, on or about the  Premises or the Common
     Area,  with  such  limits of  coverage  as  Landlord  may from time to time
     determine are  reasonably  necessary for its  protection.  The cost of such
     liability  insurance  maintained by Landlord  shall be a Common Area Charge
     and  Tenant  shall  pay,  as  additional  rent,  its  share of such cost to
     Landlord as provided in Paragraph 12 below.


<PAGE>



     C. Property  Insurance.  Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the
     term of the Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage
     to the Premises and the  Buildings,  in the amount of the full  replacement
     value thereof,  providing  protection  against those perils included within
     the classification of "all risk" insurance,  plus a policy of rental income
     insurance in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of twelve (12) months
     rent  (including,  without  limitation,  sums payable as Additional  Rent),
     plus, at Landlord's option, flood insurance and earthquake  insurance,  and
     any other  coverages  which may be required from time to time by Landlord's
     mortgagee.  Tenant  shall have no interest in nor any right to the proceeds
     of any insurance procured by Landlord on the Premises. Tenant shall, within
     twenty (20) days after receipt of billing pay to the Landlord as additional
     rent, the full cost of such insurance  procured and maintained by Landlord.
     Tenant  acknowledges that such insurance procured by Landlord shall contain
     a deductible  which reduces  Tenant's cost for such  insurance  and, in the
     event of loss or damage,  Tenant  shall be required to pay the Landlord the
     amount of such deductible.

     D. Tenants  Insurance.  Release of Landlord.  Tenant  acknowledges that the
     insurance  to be  maintained  by  Landlord  on  the  Premises  pursuant  to
     Subparagraph C above will not insure any of Tenant's property. Accordingly,
     Tenant, at Tenant's own expense, shall maintain in full force and effect on
     all  of  its  fixtures,  equipment,  leasehold  improvements  and  personal
     property in the Premises,  a policy of "All Risk" coverage insurance to the
     extent of at least ninety percent (90%) of their  insurable  value.  Tenant
     hereby releases Landlord, and its partners, officers, agents, employees and
     servants from any and all claims, demands,  losses, expenses or injuries to
     the Premises or to the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, inventory or other
     personal  property of Tenant in,  about,  or upon the  Premises,  which are
     caused by perils,  events or  happenings  where the same are covered by the
     insurance  required  by this Lease or which are the  subject  of  insurance
     carried by Tenant and in force at the time of such loss.

9.  Utilities.  Tenant  shall  pay for  all  water,  gas,  light,  heat,  power,
electricity,  telephone,  trash  pick-up,  sewer charges and all other  services
supplied to or consumed on the Premises,  and all taxes and surcharges  thereon.
In addition, the cost of any utility services supplied to the Common Area or not
separately  metered to the  Premises  shall be a Common  Area  Charge and Tenant
shall pay its share of such costs to Landlord as provided in Paragraph 12 below.

10.  Repairs and Maintenance

     A.  Landlord's  Repairs.  Subject to provisions  of Paragraph 16,  Landlord
     shall keep and maintain the exterior roof, structural elements and exterior
     walls of the  Building  in good  order  and  repair.  Landlord  shall  not,
     however, be required to maintain, repair or replace the interior surface of
     exterior  walls,  nor shall  Landlord be required  to  maintain,  repair or
     replace windows,  doors,  skylights or plate glass.  Landlord shall have no
     obligation to make repairs under this Subparagraph  until a reasonable time
     after  receipt of written  notice from Tenant of the need for such repairs.
     Tenant shall reimburse  Landlord,  as additional rent,  within fifteen (15)
     days after receipt of billing, for the cost of such repairs and maintenance
     which are the obligation of the Landlord hereunder,  provided however, that
     Tenant  shall  not be  required  to  reimburse  Landlord  for  the  cost of
     maintenance  and repairs of the structural  elements of the Building unless
     such maintenance or repair is required because of the negligence or willful
     misconduct of Tenant or its employees,  agents or invitees. As used herein,
     the term "structural elements of the building" shall mean and be limited to
     the foundation,  footings, floor slab (but not flooring), structural walls,
     and roof  structure  ( but not roofing or roof  membrane).  Notwithstanding
     anything in the foregoing to the contrary,  Tenant shall not be responsible
     to reimburse Landlord for the cost of any roof replacement during the first
     two (2)  years  of the  Lease  Term;  however,  if at any  time  after  the
     expiration  of the second  (2nd)  year of the Lease  Term,  throughout  the
     balance  of the  term of this  Lease  or any  extension  thereof,  the roof
     membrane requires replacement,  Landlord shall perform such replacement and
     Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, a fraction of the cost of
     such replacement,  which fraction shall have as its numerator the number of
     calendar  months  remaining  in

<PAGE>

     the Lease  Term at the time of if such  replacement  and shall  have as its
     denominator 240 months.  If Tenant  exercises any option to extend the term
     of this Lease,  then at the  commencement  of any such option term,  Tenant
     shall  pay  to  Landlord  an  additional  fraction  of  the  cost  of  such
     replacement,  which  fraction shall have as its  denominator  the number of
     months in the option term in  question,  and shall have as its  denominator
     240 months.  All payments  required of Tenant under this  Subparagraph 10.A
     shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt of billing.

     B. Tenant's repairs. Except as expressing provided in Subparagraph A above,
     Tenant shall,  at its sole cost,  keep and maintain the entire Premises and
     every part  thereof,  including  without  limitation,  the windows,  window
     frames, plate glass,  glazing,  skylights,  truck doors, doors and all door
     hardware, the walls and partitions, and the electrical, plumbing, lighting,
     heating,  ventilating  and air  conditioning  systems and equipment in good
     order,  condition and repair. The term "repair" shall include replacements,
     restorations  and/or renewals when necessary as well as painting.  Tenant's
     obligation shall extend to all  alterations,  additions and improvements to
     the  Premises,  and all  fixtures  and  appurtenances  therein and thereto.
     Tenant shall,  at all times during the Lease Term, have in effect a service
     contract  for  the   maintenance  of  the  heating,   ventilating  and  air
     conditioning  ("HVAC")  equipment  with  an  HVAC  repair  and  maintenance
     contractor  approved by Landlord.  The HVAC service  contract shall provide
     for periodic  inspection and servicing at least once every three (3) months
     during the term hereof,  and Tenant shall  provide  Landlord with a copy of
     such contract and all periodic service reports.

     Should Tenant fail to make repairs required of Tenant  hereunder  forthwith
     upon five (5) days notice from Landlord or should Tenant fail thereafter to
     diligently  complete  the  repairs,  Landlord,  in  addition  to all  other
     remedies,  may make the same,  and in that event,  Tenant  shall  reimburse
     Landlord as  additional  rent for the cost of such  maintenance  or repairs
     within five (5) days of written demand by Landlord.

     Landlord shall have no maintenance or repair  obligations  whatsoever  with
     respect to the Premises  except as expressing  provided in Paragraphs  10.A
     and 11. Tenant hereby  expressly  waives the  provisions of Subsection 1 of
     Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the Civil Code of California and
     all  rights to make  repairs at the  expense of  Landlord  as  provided  in
     Section 1942 of said Civil Code.  There shall be no allowance to Tenant for
     diminution  of rental  value,  and no  liability on the part of Landlord by
     reason of  inconvenience,  annoyance or injury to business arising from the
     making of or the failure to make,  any repairs,  alterations,  decorations,
     additions  or  improvements  in or to any  portion of the  Premises  or the
     Building  or Common  Area (or any of the area used in  connection  with the
     operation thereof,  or in or to any fixtures,  appurtenances or equipment),
     or by reason of the negligence of tenant or any other tenant or occupant of
     the Parcel. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for any consequential
     damages  arising  or  alleged  to have  arisen  from  any of the  foregoing
     matters.  Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for injury
     to Tenant's  business or any loss of income  therefrom or for damage to the
     goods, wares,  merchandise or other property of Tenant, Tenant's employees,
     invitees,  customers,  or any other  person in or about the  Premises,  the
     Building,  or the Common Area,  nor shall  Landlord be liable for injury to
     the person of Tenant,  Tenant's  employees,  agents or contractors  whether
     such  damage  or  injury  is  caused  by  or  results  from  fire,   steam,
     electricity, gas, water or rain, or from breakage leakage,,  obstruction or
     other  defects  of wires,  sprinklers,  wires,  appliances,  plumbing,  air
     conditioning  or lighting  fixtures,  or from any other cause,  whether the
     said damage or injury results from any other cause, whether the said damage
     or injury results from  conditions  arising upon the Premises or upon other
     portions of the Building, or from other sources or places and regardless of
     whether  the cause of such damage or injury or the means of  repairing  the
     same is  inaccessible  to  Tenant.  Landlord  shall not be  liable  for any
     damages arising from any act of neglect of any other tenant, if any, of the
     Building or the Parcel.

11.  Common  Area.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this Lease and such
rules and  regulations as Landlord may from time to time  prescribe,  Tenant and
Tenant's employees, invitees and customers shall, in common with other occupants
of the Parcel,  and their  respective  employees,  invitees and  customers,  and


<PAGE>

others  entitled  to the use  thereof,  have the  nonexclusive  right to use the
access roads,  parking areas and facilities  provided and designated by Landlord
for the general use and convenience of the occupants of the Parcel,  which areas
and  facilities  are  referred  to herein as "Common  Area".  This  right  shall
terminate upon the termination of this Lease.  Landlord  reserves the right from
time to time to make changes in the shape, size, location , amount and extent of
the  Common  Area.  Landlord  further  reserves  the  right to  promulgate  such
reasonable rules and regulations relating to the use of the Common Area, and any
part of parts thereof, as Landlord may deem appropriate for the best interest of
the  occupants of the Parcel.  the rules and  regulations  shall be binding upon
Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant, and Tenant shall abide by them
and cooperate in their observance.  Such rules and regulations may be amended by
Landlord from time to time, with or without  advance notice,  and all amendments
shall be effective upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant.  Tenant shall have
the  non-exclusive  use of no more than two  hundred  fifty (250) of the parking
spaces in the Common Area as  designated  from time to time by Landlord.  Tenant
shall not at any time park or permit  the  parking of  Tenant's  trucks or other
vehicles,  or the trucks or other vehicles of others,  adjacent to loading areas
so as to  interfere  in any way with the use of such areas,  nor shall Tenant at
any time park or permit  the  paring of  Tenant's  vehicles  or  trucks,  or the
vehicles or trucks of Tenant's suppliers or others, in any portion of the Common
Area not designated by Landlord for such use by Tenant. Tenant shall not abandon
any inoperative  vehicles or equipment on any portion of the Common Area. Tenant
shall make no alterations, improvements or additions to the Common Area.

Landlord shall operate,  manage, insure,  maintain and repair the Common Area in
good order  condition  and repair.  The manner in which the Common Area shall be
maintained and the expenditures  for such maintenance  shall be a the discretion
of Landlord.  The cost of such repair,  maintenance,  operation,  insurance  and
management, including without limitation, maintenance and repair of landscaping,
irrigation systems, paving,  sidewalks,  fences, and lighting, shall be a Common
Area Charge and Tenant shall pay to Landlord its share of such costs as provided
in Paragraph 12 below.

12. Common Area Charges. Tenant shall pay to landlord, ass additional rent, upon
demand but not more often than once each calendar month, an amount equal its Pro
Rata Share of the Common Area Charges as defined in  Paragraphs  8C,9,11 of this
Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Common Area Charges shall include
an  additional  five  percent  (5%)  of the  actual  expenditures  in  order  to
compensate Landlord for accounting, management and processing services.

13.  Alterations.  Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made, any  alterations,
improvements or additions in , on, about or to the Premises or any part thereof,
without  the prior  written  consent of Landlord  and  without a valid  building
permit  issued by the  appropriate  governmental  authority.  As a condition  to
giving such  consent,  Landlord may require that Tenant agree to remove any such
alterations,  improvements or additions at the termination of this Lease, and to
restore the Premises to their prior  condition.  unless  Landlord  requires that
Tenant remove any such  alterations,  improvement or additions,  any alteration,
addition or  improvement  to the Premises,  except  movable  furniture and trade
fixtures  not affixed to the  Premises,  shall be come the  property of Landlord
upon  termination of the lease and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the
Premises at the termination of this Lease. Without limiting he generality of the
foregoing,  all heating,  lighting,  electrical (including all wiring,  conduit,
outlets, drops, buss ducts, main and subpanels), air conditioning, partitioning,
drapery,  and carpet  installations  made by Tenant regardless of how affixed to
the Premises, together with all other additions, alterations that have become an
integral part of the Building,  shall be and become the property of the Landlord
upon termination of the Lease, and shall not be deemed trade fixtures, and shall
remain upon and be  surrendered  with the  Premises at the  termination  of this
Lease.

If, during the term hereof,  any  alteration,  addition or change of any sort to
all or any portion of the Premises is required by law, regulation,  ordinance or
order of any public agency, Tenant shall promptly make the same at its sole cost
and expense. If during the term hereof, any alteration,  addition,  or change to
the Common Area is required by law, regulation, ordinance or order of any public
agency,  Landlord shall make the same and the cost of such alteration,  addition
or change  shall be a Common Area Charge and Tenant  shall pay its share of said
cost to Landlord as provided in Paragraph 12 above.


<PAGE>

14.  Acceptance of the Premises.  By entry and taking possession of the Premises
pursuant  to this  Lease,  Tenant  accepts  the  Premises  as  being in good and
sanitary order, condition and repair and accepts the Premises in their condition
existing as of the date of such  entry,  and Tenant  further  accepts the tenant
improvements  to be  constructed  by  Landlord,  if any, as being  completed  in
accordance with the plans and specifications  for such improvements,  except for
punch list items. Tenant shall be thirty (30) days after it has taken possession
of the  Premises to notify  Landlord of any  problems  needing  correction  with
respect to the HVAC, plumbing, and electrical, excluding any work done by Tenant
or its contractors, employees or agents in retrofitting the Premises to suit its
specific  requirements.  Tenant  acknowledges  that  neither  the  Landlord  nor
Landlord's agents has made any  representation or warranty as to the suitability
of the Premises to the conduct of Tenant's business. Any agreements,  warranties
or  representations  no expressly  contained  herein shall in no way bind either
Landlord  or Tenant,  and  Landlord  and Tenant  expressly  waive all claims for
damages  by  reason  of any  statement,  representation,  warranty,  promise  or
agreement,  if any, not  contained  in this Lease.  This Lease  constitutes  the
entire  understanding  between  the  parties  hereto  and  no  addition  do,  or
modification  of, any term or provision  of this Lease shall be effective  until
set forth in a writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant.

15.  Default

     A.  Events of  Default.  A breach of this Lease  shall  exist if any of the
     following  events  (hereinafter  referred to as "Event of  Default")  shall
     occur:

         1. Default in the payment when due of any  installment of rent or other
         payment  required to be made by Tenant  hereunder,  where such  default
         shall not have been cured within three (3) days after a written  notice
         of such default is given to Tenant;

         2.  Tenant's  failure to perform any other term,  covenant or condition
         contained in this Lease where such  failure  shall have  continued  for
         twenty  (20) days  after  written  notice of such  failure  is given to
         Tenant;

         3.  Tenant's vacating or abandonment of the Premises;

         4.  Tenant's assignment of its assets for the benefit of its creditors;

         5.  The   sequestration   of,  attachment  of,  or  execution  on,  any
         substantial  part of the property  essential to the conduct of tenant's
         business  shall have  occurred and Tenant shall have failed to obtain a
         return or release of such property within thirty (30) days  thereafter,
         or prior to sale  pursuant to such  sequestration,  attachment or levy,
         whichever is earlier;

         6. Tenant or any  guarantor  of tenant's  obligations  hereunder  shall
         commence any case,  proceeding or other action seeking  reorganization,
         arrangement,  adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it
         or  its  debts  under  any  law  relating  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
         reorganization  or relief  of  debtors,  or  seeking  appointment  of a
         receiver,  trustee,  custodian, or other similar official for it or for
         all or any substantial part of its property;

         7.  Tenant or any such  guarantor  shall take any  corporate  action to
         authorize any of the actions set forth in Clause 6 above;

         8. Any case, proceeding or other action against Tenant or any guarantor
         of tenant's obligations hereunder shall be commences seeking to have an
         order  for  relief   entered   against   it  as   debtor,   or  seeking
         reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment, liquidation,  dissolution or
         composition  of it or its debts under any law  relating to  bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment
         of a receiver,  trustee, custodian, or other similar official for it or
         for  all or any  substantial  part  of its  property,  and  such  case,
         proceeding  or other  action  (i)  results in the 



<PAGE>

         entry of an order  for  relief  against  it which is not  fully  stayed
         within seven (7) business  days after the entry thereof or (ii) remains
         undismissed for a period of forty-five (45) days.

         B.  Remedies.  Upon  any  Event of  Default,  Landlord  shall  have the
         following  remedies,  in  addition  to all other  rights  and  remedies
         provided by law, to which Landlord may resort  cumulatively,  or in the
         alternative.

         1. Recovery of Rent.  Landlord  shall be entitled to keep this Lease in
         full force and effect  (whether or not Tenant shall have  abandoned the
         Premises)  and to enforce  all of its rights  and  remedies  under this
         Lease,  including  the right to  recover  rent and  other  sums as they
         become  due,  plus  interest  at the  Permitted  Rate  (as  defined  in
         Paragraph  33 below) from the due date of each  installment  of rent or
         other sum until paid.

         2.  Termination.  Landlord may  terminate  this Lease by giving  Tenant
         written notice of  termination.  On the giving of the notice all of the
         Tenant's  rights in the  Premises  and the  Building  and Parcel  shall
         terminate.  Upon the giving of the notice of termination,  Tenant shall
         surrender and vacate the Premises in the condition require by paragraph
         34, and Landlord may re-enter and take  possession  of the Premises and
         all the remaining  improvements  or property and eject Tenant or any of
         Tenant's subtenants,  assignees or other person or persons claiming any
         right  under or  through  Tenant or eject  some and not others or eject
         none.  This Lease may also be  terminated  by a  judgment  specifically
         providing for termination.  Any termination  under this paragraph shall
         not release  Tenant  from the  payment of any sum then due  Landlord or
         from any claim for damages or rent previously  accrued or then accruing
         against  Tenant.  In no event  shall  any one or more of the  following
         actions by landlord constitute a termination of this Lease:

                  a.  maintenance and preservation of the Premises;

                  b.  efforts to relet the Premises;

                  c.  appointment  of a receiver in order to protect  Landlord's
                  interest hereunder;

                  d. consent to any  subletting of the Premises or assignment of
                  this Lease by Tenant,  whether  pursuant to provisions  hereof
                  concerning subletting and assignment or otherwise; or

                  e. any other action by Landlord or Landlord's  agents intended
                  to mitigate the adverse  effects from any breach of this Lease
                  by Tenant.

         3.  Damages.  In  the  event  this  Lease  is  terminated  pursuant  to
         Subparagraph 15.B.2 above, or otherwise,  Landlord shall be entitled to
         damages in the following sums:

                  a. the worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which has
                  been earned at the time of termination: plus

                  b. the  worth at the time of award of the  amount by which the
                  unpaid  rent which would have been  earned  after  termination
                  until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss
                  that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

                  c. the  worth at the time of award of the  amount by which the
                  unpaid  rent for the  balance  of the term  after  the time of
                  award  exceeds  the amount of such rental loss that the Tenant
                  proves could be reasonably avoided; and

                  d. any other amount  necessary to compensate  Landlord for all
                  detriment  proximately  caused by Tenant's  failure to perform
                  tenant's  obligations  under  this  Lease,  or  which  in 



<PAGE>

                  the  ordinary  course  of  things  would be  likely  to result
                  therefrom including,  without limitation,  the following:  (I)
                  expenses fro  cleaning,  repairing or restoring  the Premises;
                  (ii) expenses for altering,  remodeling or otherwise improving
                  the   Premises  for  the  purpose  of   reletting,   including
                  installation   of   leasehold   improvements   (whether   such
                  installation be funded by a reduction of rent,  direct payment
                  or allowance to the succeeding  lessee,  or otherwise);  (iii)
                  real  estate  broker's  fees,   advertising  costs  and  other
                  expenses of reletting the Premises; (iv) costs of carrying the
                  Premises  such  as  taxes  and  insurance   premiums  thereon,
                  utilities and security  precautions;  (v) expenses in retaking
                  possession of the  Premises;  (vi)  attorneys'  fees and court
                  costs;   and  (vii)  any  unamortized  real  estate  brokerage
                  commission paid in connection with this Lease.

                  e. the "worth at the time of award" of the amounts referred to
                  in Subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph, is computed by
                  allowing  interest at the  Permitted  Rate.  The "worth at the
                  time of award" of the amounts  referred to in Subparagraph (c)
                  of this  Paragraph is computed by  discounting  such amount at
                  the discount rat of the Federal reserve Board of San Francisco
                  at the time of award plus one percent (1%). The term "rent" as
                  used in the  Paragraph  shall  include all sums required to be
                  paid by  tenant  to  Landlord  pursuant  to the  terms of this
                  Lease.

16. Destruction.  In the event that any portion of the Premises are destroyed or
damaged by an uninsured  peril,  Landlord or Tenant may, upon written  notice to
the other,  given within thirty (30 days after the  occurrence of such damage or
destruction,  elect to terminate this Lease; provided however, that either party
may,  within  thirty (30) days after  receipt of such notice,  elect to make any
required  repairs and/or  restoration at such party's sole cost and expense,  in
which  event this Lease  shall  remain in full force and  effect,  and the party
having  made such  election  to restore or repair  shall  thereafter  diligently
proceed with such repairs and/or restorations.

In the event that any portion of the  Premises  are  destroyed  or damaged by an
uninsured  peril  to the  extent  of  fifty  percent  (50%)  or more of the then
replacement  cost of the Premises,  landlord may, upon written notice to Tenant,
given  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the   occurrence  of  such  damage  or
destruction,  elect to  terminate  this Lease.  If  Landlord  does not give such
notice in writing  within such period,  Landlord shall be deemed to have elected
to rebuild or restore  the  Premises,  in which  event,  Landlord,  shall at its
expense,  promptly  rebuild or restore the Premises to their  condition prior to
the damage or destruction and Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon  commencement of
reconstruction the amount of any deductible from the insurance policy.


<PAGE>



In the event that, pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  Landlord is to rebuild
or restore  the  Premises,  Landlord  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after the
occurrence of such damage or destruction,  provide Tenant with written notice of
the time required for such repair or restoration.  If such period is longer than
two hundred  seventy (270) days from the issuance of a building  permit,  tenant
may,  within  thirty  (30) days after  receipt of  Landlord's  notice,  elect to
terminate  the Lease by giving  written  notice to  Landlord  of such  election,
whereupon the Lease shall immediately terminate. The period of time for Landlord
to complete the repair or restoration shall be extended for delays caused by the
fault or neglect of Tenant or because of acts of God, acts of publication, labor
disputes,  strikes, fires, freight embargoes, rainy or stormy weather, inability
to obtain materials,  supplies or fuels, acts of contractors or  subcontractors,
or  delay  of  contractors  or  subcontractors  due to  such  causes,  or  other
contingencies beyond of Landlord. Landlord's obligation to repair or restore the
Premises shall not include  restoration of Tenant's trade  fixtures,  equipment,
merchandise, or any improvements, alterations or additions made by Tenant to the
Premises.

17.  Condemnation

         A.  Definition of Terms.  For the purposes of this Lease,  the term (1)
         "Taking"  means a taking of the  Premises  or  damage  to the  Premises
         related to the  exercise of the power of eminent  domain and includes a
         voluntary  conveyance,  in lieu of court  proceedings,  to any  agency,
         authority,  public  utility,  person or corporate  entity  empowered to
         condemn  property;  (2) "Total  Taking"  means the taking of the entire
         Premises  or so much of the  Premises  as to prevent  or  substantially
         impair  the use  thereof  by  Tenant  for the  uses  herein  specified;
         provided,  however, in no event shall a Taking of less than ten percent
         (10%) of the Premises be deemed a Total  Taking;  (3) "partial  Taking"
         means the  taking  of only a portion  of the  Premises  which  does not
         constitute  a Total  Taking;  (4) "Date of Taking"  means the date upon
         which the title to the Premises,  or a portion  thereof,  passes to and
         vests  in the  condemnor  or  the  effective  date  of  any  order  for
         possession  if issued  prior to the date title vests in the  condemnor;
         and (5) "Award" means the amount of any award made, consideration paid,
         or damages ordered as a result of a Taking.

         B. Rights.  The parties  agree that in the event of a taking all rights
         between  them or in and to an Award  shall be as set forth  herein  and
         Tenant shall have no right to any Award except as set forth herein.

         C. Total Taking.  In the event of a Total Taking during the term hereof
         (1) the rights of Tenant  under the Lease and the  leasehold  estate of
         Tenant in and to the Premises  shall cease and terminate as of the Date
         of Taking;  (2) Landlord  shall refund to Tenant any prepaid rent;  (3)
         Tenant shall pay  Landlord  any rent or charges due Landlord  under the
         Lease, each prorated as of the Date of taking; (4) Tenant shall receive
         from  Landlord  those  portions  of the  Award  attributable  to  trade
         fixtures  of Tenant and for  moving  expenses  of  Tenant;  and (5) the
         remainder  of the  Award  shall  be  paid  to and  be the  property  of
         Landlord.

         D. Partial  Taking.  In the event of a Partial  Taking  during the term
         hereof (1) the rights of Tenant under the Lease and leasehold estate of
         Tenant in and to the  portions  of the  Premises  taken shall cease and
         terminate  as of the Date of  Taking;  (2) from and  after  the Date of
         Taking the Monthly  Installment of rent shall be an amount equal to the
         product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  Monthly  Installment  of  rent
         immediately  prior to the Taking by a fraction,  the numerator of which
         is the number of square feet contained in the Premises after the Taking
         and the denominator of which is the number of square feet contained the
         Premises  prior to the Taking;  (3) Tenant shall receive from the Award
         the portions of the award attributable to trade fixtures of Tenant; and
         (4) the  remainder of the Award shall be paid to and be the property of
         Landlord.


<PAGE>



18. Mechanics' Lien.  Tenant shall (A) pay for all labor and services  performed
for,  materials  used by or furnished to, Tenant or any  contractor  employed by
Tenant with respect to the Premises:  (B) indemnify,  defend,  protect, and hold
Landlord and the Premises harmless and free from any liens, claims, liabilities,
demand, encumbrances, or judgments created or suffered by reason of any labor or
services  performed  for,  materials  used by or  furnished  to,  Tenant  or any
contractor  employed by Tenant with respect to the Premises;  (C) give notice to
Landlord in writing five (5) days prior to employing  any laborer or  contractor
to perform service related to, or receiving materials for use upon the Premises;
and (D) permit Landlord to post a notice of nonresponsibility in accordance with
the  statutory  requirements  of  California  Civil  Code  Section  3094  or any
amendment  thereof.  In the event Tenant is required to post an improvement bond
with a public  agency in  connection  with the above,  Tenant  agrees to include
Landlord as an additional obligee.

19.  Inspection of the Premises.  Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents to
enter the  Premises at any  reasonable  time for the purpose of  inspecting  the
same, performing Landlord's maintenance and repair  responsibilities,  posting a
notice of  non-responsibility  for alterations,  additions or repairs and at any
time within ninety (90) days prior to  expiration  of this Lease,  to place upon
the Premises, ordinary "For Lease" or "For Sale" signs.

20.  Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall, at its own cost, comply with all of the
requirements  of all municipal,  county,  state and federal  authorities  now in
force,  or which may hereafter be in force,  pertaining to the use and occupancy
of the Premises,  and shall faithfully observe all municipal,  county, state and
federal law,  statutes or  ordinances  no in force or which may  hereafter be in
force.  The judgment of any court of competent  jurisdiction or the admission of
Tenant in any action or proceeding  against tenant,  whether Landlord be a party
thereto or not,  that Tenant has violated  any such  ordinance or statute in the
use and  occupancy of the  Premises  shall be  conclusive  of the fact that such
violation by Tenant has occurred.

21.  Subordination.  The following  provisions  shall govern the relationship of
this  Lease to any  underlying  lease,  mortgage  or deed of  trust  which no or
hereafter  affects the Premises,  the Building and/or the Parcel,  or Landlord's
interest  or estate  therein  (the  "Project")  and any  renewal,  modification,
consolidation, replacement, or extension thereof (a "Security Instrument").

         A.  Priority.  This  Lease  is  subject  and  subordinate  to  Security
         Instruments  existing  as of the  commencement  Date.  However,  if any
         Lender so  requires,  this Lease shall become prior and superior to any
         such Security Instrument.

         B. Subsequent Security Instruments.  At Landlord's election, this Lease
         shall become subject and subordinate to any Security Instrument created
         after  the  Commencement  Date.   Notwithstanding  such  subordination,
         Tenant's  right  to  quiet  possession  of the  Premises  shall  not be
         disturbed  so long as Tenant is not in default and  performs all of its
         obligations under this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated
         pursuant to its terms.

         C. Documents.  Tenant shall execute any document or instrument required
         by  Landlord  or  any  Lender  to  make  this  lease  wither  prior  or
         subordinate  to a Security  Instrument,  which may  include  such other
         matters as the Lender  customarily  requires  in  connection  with such
         agreements,  including provisions that the Lender not be liable for (1)
         the return of the Security  Deposit unless the Lender  receives it from
         Landlord,  and (2) any defaults on the part of Landlord occurring prior
         to the  time  that  the  Lender  takes  possession  of the  Project  in
         connection  with the enforcement of its Security  Instrument.  Tenant's
         failure to execute any such document or instrument within ten (10) days
         after written demand therefor shall  constitute a default by Tenant or,
         at Landlord's option,  landlord may execute such documents on behalf of
         Tenant  as  tenant's   attorney-in-fact.   Tenant  does  hereby   make,
         constitute    and    irrevocably    appoint    Landlord   as   Tenant's
         attorney-in-fact  to execute  such  documents in  accordance  with this
         paragraph.
<PAGE>

         D. Tenant's Attornment. Tenant shall attorn (1) to any purchaser of the
         Premises at any foreclosure sale or private sale conducted  pursuant to
         any Security  Instrument  encumbering  the  project;  (2) to grantee or
         transferee designated in any deed given in lieu of foreclosure;  or (3)
         to the lessor  under any  underlying  ground  lease  should such ground
         lease be terminated.

         E. Lender. The term "Lender" shall mean (1) any beneficiary, mortgagee,
         secured  party,  or other  holder of any deed of trust,  mortgagee,  or
         other written security device or agreement  affecting the Project;  and
         (2) any lessor under any  underlying  lease under which  Landlord holds
         its interest in the Project.

22.  Holding Over.  This Lease shall  terminate  without  further  notice at the
expiration of the Lease Term. Any holding over by Tenant after  expiration shall
not  constitute  a renewal or  extension  or give Tenant any rights in or to the
Premises except as expressly  provided in this Lease. Any holding over after the
expiration  with the consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from
month to month,  at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly rent for the
last month of the Lease Term, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions
herein specified insofar as applicable.

23.  Notices.  Any notice required or desired to be given under this Lease shall
be in writing with copies  directed as indicated  below and shall be  personally
served or given by mail.  Any notice  given by mail shall be deemed to have been
given when  forty-eight  (48) hours have  elapsed  from the time such notice was
deposited in the United State mails, certified and postage prepaid, addressed to
the party to be served with a copy as indicated herein at the last address given
by that party to the other party under the provisions of this Paragraph. At this
date of execution of this Lease, the address of Landlord is:

         511 Division Street
         Campbell, CA  95008

and the address of Tenant is:

         1188 Bordeaux Drive
         Sunnyvale, CA  94089
         Attn:  Mr. Michael S. Shimada, CFO

After the Commencement Date, the address of the Tenant shall be at the Premises.

23.  Attorneys'  Fees. In the event either party shall bring any action or legal
proceeding for damages for any alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to
recover rent or  possession  of the  Premises,  to terminate  this Lease,  or to
enforce,  protect or  establish  any term or  covenant of this Lease or right or
remedy of either party,  the prevailing  party shall be entitled to receive as a
part of such action or proceeding,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and court costs,
including  attorneys' fees and costs for appeal, as may be fixed by the court or
jury.   The  term   "prevailing   party"  shall  mean  the  party  who  received
substantially the relief requested,  whether by settlement,  dismissal,  summary
judgment, or otherwise.


<PAGE>



25.  Nonassignment.

         A. Landlord's  Consent Required.  Tenant's interest in this Lease is no
         assignable, by operation of law or otherwise, nor shall Tenant have the
         right to  sublet  the  Premises,  transfer  of any  interest  of Tenant
         therein or permit any use of the Premises by another party, without the
         prior  written  consent of  Landlord  to such  assignment,  subletting,
         transfer  or  use,  which  consent  Landlord  agrees  not  to  withhold
         unreasonably  subject to the  provisions  of  Subparagraph  B below.  A
         consent  to one  assignment,  subletting,  occupancy  or use by another
         party shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment,
         subletting,  occupancy  or use by  another  party.  Any  assignment  or
         subletting without such consent shall be void and shall, at the options
         of landlord, terminate this Lease.

         Landlord's waiver or consent to any assignment or subletting  hereunder
         shall not relieve  Tenant from any  obligation  under this Lease unless
         the consent shall so provide.

         B.  Transferee  Information  Required.  If Tenant desires to assign its
         interest in this Lease or sublet the Premise,  or transfer any interest
         of Tenant  therein,  or permit the use of the Premises by another party
         (hereinafter  collectively  referred to as a "Transfer"),  Tenant shall
         give  Landlord at lease  thirty (30) days prior  written  notice of the
         proposed  Transfer  and  of  the  terms  of  such  proposed   Transfer,
         including,  but not limited to, the name and legal  composition  of the
         proposed transferee,  a financial statement of the proposed transferee,
         the nature of the  proposed  transferee's  business to be carried on in
         the Premises, the payment to be made or other consideration to be given
         to Tenant on account of the Transfer, and such pertinent information as
         may be  requested  by  Landlord,  all in  sufficient  detail  to enable
         Landlord  to  evaluate  the  Proposed   transfer  and  the  prospective
         transferee.  It is the  intent of the  parties  hereto  that this Lease
         shall confer upon Tenant only the right to use and occupy the Premises,
         and to exercise such other rights as are conferred  upon Tenant by this
         Lease.  The  parties  agree that this Lease is not  intended  to have a
         bonus  value nor to serve as a vehicle  whereby  Tenant may profit by a
         future  Transfer  of this  lease  or the  right  to use or  occupy  the
         Premises as a result of any favorable terms contained herein, or future
         changes in the market for lease space.  It is the intent of the parties
         that any such bonus  value  that may attach to this Lease  shall be and
         remain the  exclusive  property of Landlord,  except as provided for in
         Subparagraph  (2)  below.  Accordingly,  in the event  Tenant  seeks to
         Transfer its  interest in this Lease or the  Premises,  Landlord  shall
         have the following  options,  which may be exercised at its sole choice
         without limiting  Landlord in the exercise of any other right or remedy
         which Landlord may have by reason of such proposed Transfer:

                  1. Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease  effective as of
                  the  proposed  effective  date of the  proposed  Transfer  and
                  release Tenant from any further liability  hereunder  accruing
                  after such termination date by giving Tenant written notice of
                  such  termination  within  twenty  (20) days after  receipt by
                  Landlord of Tenant's  notice of intent to transfer as provided
                  above.  If  Landlord  makes such  election to  terminate  this
                  Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises, in accordance with
                  Paragraph 34, on or before the effective termination date; or

                  2.  Landlord  may  consent  to the  proposed  Transfer  on the
                  condition that tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as additional
                  rent,  fifty  percent  (50%)  of any and all  rents  or  other
                  consideration  (including  key money)  received by Tenant from
                  the  transferee  by reason of such  Transfer  in excess of the
                  rent payable by Tenant to Landlord  under this Lease (less any
                  brokerage  commissions  or  advertising  expenses  incurred by
                  Tenant in  connection  with the  Transfer).  Tenant  expressly
                  agrees  that  the  foregoing  is a  reasonable  condition  for
                  obtaining Landlord's consent to any Transfer; or

                  3.  Landlord  may  reasonably  withhold  its  consent  to  the
                  proposed Transfer.
<PAGE>

26.  Successors.  The covenants and agreements  contained in this Lease shall be
binding on the parties  hereto and on their  respective  heirs,  successors  and
assigns (to the extent the Lease is assignable).

27. Mortgagee  Protection.  In the event of any default on the part of Landlord,
Tenant will give notice by registered or certified mail to any  beneficiary of a
deed of trust or mortgagee of a mortgage encumbering the Premises, whose address
shall  have been  furnished  to Tenant,  and shall  offer  such  beneficiary  or
mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain
possession  of the  Premises by power of sale or judicial  foreclosure,  if such
should prove necessary to effect a cure.

28. Landlord Loan or Sale. Tenant agrees promptly  following request by Landlord
to (A)  execute  and  deliver to  Landlord  any  documents,  including  estoppel
certificates  presented to Tenant by Landlord, (i) certifying that this Lease is
unmodified and in full Force and effect and the date to which the rent and other
charges are paid in advance,  if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not,
to Tenant's  knowledge,  any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder,
and (iii)  evidencing  the  status of the Lease as may be  required  either by a
lender  making a loan to  Landlord  to be secured by a deed of trust or mortgage
covering the Premises or a purchaser  of the Premises  from  Landlord and (B) to
deliver to  Landlord  the  financial  statement  of Tenant  with an opinion of a
certified  public  accountant,  including  a balance  sheet and  profit and loss
statement,  for the last completed  fiscal year all prepared in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  Tenant's failure
to deliver an estoppel  certificate  promptly following such request shall be an
Event of Default under this Lease.

29.  Surrender of Lease Not Merger.  The  voluntary  or other  surrender of this
Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation  thereof,  shall not work a merger and
shall,  at the option of Landlord,  terminate  all or any existing  subleases or
subtenants, or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases
or subtenants.

30. Waiver. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, covenant
or  condition  herein  contained  shall  not be  deemed  to be a  waiver  of any
preceding or  succeeding  breach of the same or any other  covenant or condition
herein contained.

31.  General

         A. Captions. The captions and paragraph headings used in this Lease are
         for the purposes of  convenience  only.  They shall not be construed to
         limit or extend the  meaning of any part of this  Lease,  or be used to
         interpret  specific  sections.  The work(s) enclosed in quotation marks
         shall be construed as defined terms for purposed of this Lease. As used
         in this Lease,  the masculine,  feminine and neuter and the singular or
         plural  number  shall each be deemed to include the other  whenever the
         context so requires.

         B.  Definition of Landlord.  The term "Landlord" as used in this Lease,
         so far a the  covenants  or  obligations  on the part of  Landlord  are
         concerned,  shall be limited to mean and include  only the owner at the
         time in question of the fee title of the Premises,  and in the event of
         any transfer or transfers of the title of such fee, the Landlord herein
         named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then
         grantor)  shall be after the date of such  transfer  or  conveyance  be
         automatically  freed and  relieved  of all  liability  with  respect to
         performance  of any  covenants or  obligations  on the part of Landlord
         contained in this Lease, thereafter to be performed;  provided that any
         funds in the hands of Landlord or the then  grantor at the time of such
         transfer, in which Tenant has an interest,  shall be turned over to the
         grantee. It is intended that the covenants and obligations contained in
         this Lease on the part of  Landlord  shall,  subject as  aforesaid,  be
         binding  upon  each  Landlord,  its  heirs,  personal  representatives,
         successors and assigns only during its respective period of ownership.
<PAGE>

         C. Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence for the performance of each
         term, covenant and condition of this Lease.

         D.  Severability.  In case any one or more of the provisions  contained
         herein, except for the payment of rent, shall for any reason be held to
         be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in any respect,  such invalidity,
         illegality or unenforceability  shall not affect any other provision of
         this  Lease,  but  this  Lease  shall  be  construed  and  enforced  in
         accordance with the laws of the State of California.

         E. Joint and  Several  Liability.  If Tenant is more than one person or
         entity,  each such  person or entity  shall be  jointly  and  severally
         liable for the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

         F. Law.  The term "law"  shall  mean any  judicial  decision,  statute,
         constitution,  ordinance, resolution,  regulation, rule, administrative
         order, or other  requirement of any government agency or authority have
         jurisdiction over the parties to this Lease or the Premises or both, in
         effect at the  Commencement  Date of this Lease or any time  during the
         Lease Term, including , without limitation,  any regulation,  order, or
         policy  of any  quasi-official  entity  or body  (e.g.,  board  of fire
         examiners, public utility or special district).

         G. Agent.  As used herein the term "Agent" shall mean,  with respect to
         either   Landlord  or  Tenant,   its  respective   agents,   employees,
         contractors ( and their subcontractors),  and invitees (and in the case
         of Tenant, its subtenants).

         H.  WAIVER OF JURY  TRIAL.  LANDLORD  AND  TENANT  HEREBY  WAIVE  THEIR
         RESPECTIVE  RIGHT  TO  TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY  CAUSE  OF  ACTION,  CLAIM,
         COUNTERCLAIM  OR  CROSS-COMPLAINT  IN ANY  ACTION,  PROCEEDING,  AND/OR
         HEARING  BROUGHT BY EITHER  LANDLORD  AGAINST  TENANT OR TENANT AGAINST
         LANDLORD  ON ANY  MATTER  WHATSOEVER  ARISING  OUT  OF,  OR IN ANY  WAY
         CONNECTED  WITH, THIS LEASE,  THE  RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT,
         TENANT'S  USE OR  OCCUPANCY  OF THE  PREMISES OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR
         DAMAGE,  OR THE  ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY LAW,  STATUTE,  OR
         REGULATION, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE, NO OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT.

         INITIALS:         LANDLORD

                           TENANT

32. Sign.  Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any sign or  decoration
on the land or the exterior of the Building without the prior written consent of
Landlord.  Tenant, upon written notice by Landlord, shall immediately remove any
sign or decoration  that Tenant has placed or permitted to be placed on the land
or the exterior of the Building  without the prior written  consent of Landlord,
and if Tenant  fails to so remove such sign or  decoration  within five (5) days
after Landlord's written notice, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and remove
said sign or decoration  and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord,  as additional  rent
upon demand, the cost of such removal.  At the termination of this Lease, Tenant
shall  remove any sign which it has placed on the Parcel or  Building  and shall
repair any damage caused by the installation or removal of such sign.


<PAGE>



33.  Interest on Past Due  Obligations.  Any Monthly  Installment of rent or any
other sum due from Tenant  under this Lease which is received by Landlord  after
the date the same is due shall bear  interest  from said due date until paid, at
an annual rate equal to the lesser of (the "Permitted Rate"): (1) twelve percent
(12%); or (2) five percent (5%) plus the rate established by the Federal Reserve
Bank  of  San  Francisco,  as of  the  twenty-fifth  (25th)  day  of  the  month
immediately preceding the due date, on advances to member banks under Section 13
and 13(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, as now in effect or hereafter from time to
time amended.  Payment of such interest  shall not excuse or cure any default by
Tenant. In addition,  Tenant shall pay all costs and attorneys' fees incurred by
Landlord in collection of such amounts.

34.  Surrender of the  Premises.  On the last day of the term hereof,  or on the
sooner  termination  of this  Lease,  tenant  shall  surrender  the  Premises to
Landlord in their condition  existing as of the Commencement Date of this Lease,
ordinary wear and tear  excepted,  with all  originally  painted  interior walls
washed, and other interior walls cleaned, and repaired or replaced,, all carpets
shampooed and cleaned,  the air conditioning and heating equipment  serviced and
repaired by a reputable and licensed service firm, all floors cleaned and waxed,
all to the  reasonable  satisfaction  of  Landlord.  Tenant  shall remove all of
Tenant's  personal  property  and  trade  fixtures  from the  Premises,  and all
property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant. Tenant, at its sole
cost,  shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by the removal of Tenant's
personal property,  machinery and equipment, which repair shall include, without
limitation,  the patching and filling of holes and repair of structural  damage.
If the Premises are not o surrendered at the  termination of this Lease,  Tenant
will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against loss
or  liability  resulting  from delay by Tenant in so  surrendering  the Premises
including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant or losses
to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease to succeeding tenants.

35.  Authority.  The undersigned  parties,  hereby warrant that they have proper
authority  and are  empowered  to execute  this Lease on behalf of Landlord  and
Tenant, respectively.

36.  Public  Record.  This Lease is made subject to all matters of public record
affecting title to the property of which the Premises or a part.

37. Brokers.  Tenant  represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt only
with Jeff Duke of Equus Associates respecting this transaction and hereby agrees
to  indemnify  and  hold  Landlord  harmless  from  and  against  any  brokerage
commission or fee, obligation,  claim or damage (including attorneys' fees) paid
or  incurred  respecting  any  other  broker  claiming  through  Tenant  or with
which/whom  Tenant has dealt. It is acknowledged  that one or more of Landlord's
partners may be real estate brokers.

38. Limitation on Landlord's  Liability.  Tenant,  for itself and its successors
and assigns (to the extent this Lease is assignable),  hereby agrees that in the
event of any actual,  alleged,  breach or default by  Landlord  under this Lease
that:

         A) Tenant's  sole and exclusive  remedy  against  Landlord  shall be as
         against Landlord's interest in the Building;

         B) No partner or officer of any  partner of  Landlord  shall be sued or
         named as a party in a suit or action  (except  as may be  necessary  to
         secure jurisdiction of the partnership);

         C) No service of process  shall be made against any partner of Landlord
         (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership);

         D) No partner of  Landlord  shall be  required  to answer or  otherwise
         plead to any service of process;

         E) No judgment will be taken against any partner of Landlord;
<PAGE>

         F) Any judgment taken against any partner of Landlord maybe vacated and
         set aside at any time nunc pro tunc;

         G) No writ of execution  will ever be levied  against the assets of any
         partner of Landlord;

         H) The covenants and  agreements of Tenant set forth in this section 38
         shall be enforceable by Landlord and any partner of Landlord.

39.  Hazardous Material

         A.  Definitions.  As used herein,  the term "Hazardous  Material" shall
         mean any substance; (i) the presence of which requires investigation or
         remediation  under any federal,  state or local  statutes,  regulation,
         ordinance,  order,  action,  policy or  common  law;  (ii)  which is or
         becomes defined "hazardous waste", "hazardous substance",  pollutant or
         contaminant under any federal, state or local statute, regulation, rule
         or ordinance or amendments thereto including,  without limitation,  the
         Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Action
         (42 U.S.C.  Section 9601 et seq.) and/or the Resource  Conservation and
         Recovery Act (42 U.S.C.  Section  6901 et seq.);  (iii) which is toxic,
         explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic,
         mutagenic,  or otherwise  hazardous and is or becomes  regulated by any
         governmental authority, agency, department,  commission, board, agency,
         or instrumentality of the United States, the State of California or any
         political  subdivision  thereof;  (iv)  the  presence  of  which on the
         Premises  causes or threatens to cause a nuisance  upon the Premises or
         to adjacent  properties  or poses or  threatens to pose a hazard to the
         health or safety of persons on or about the Premises;  (v) the presence
         of which on adjacent properties could constitute a trespass to Landlord
         or Tenant;  (vi) without  limitation  which contains  gasoline,  diesel
         fuel, or other petroleum  hydrocarbons;  (vii) without limitation which
         contains   polychlorinated   biphenyls   (PCBs),   asbestos,   or  urea
         formaldehyde form insulation; or (viii) without limitation radon gas.

         B. Landlord's Indemnity.  Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and
         hold  Tenant  harmless  from  and  against  all  liabilities,   claims,
         penalties,  fines,  response costs and other expenses  (including,  but
         limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and consultants' fees and costs)
         arising out of,  resulting  from, or caused by any  Hazardous  Material
         used, generated, discharged, transported to or from, stored or disposed
         of by Landlord or its Agents in, on, under,  over, through or about the
         Premises and/or the surrounding real property.

         C.  Permitted  Use.  Subject  to the  compliance  by  Tenant  with  the
         provisions of Subparagraphs D, E, F, G, I, J and K below,  Tenant shall
         be permitted to use and store on the Premises those Hazardous Materials
         listed in Exhibit "D" attached  hereto in the  quantities  attached set
         forth in Exhibit "D".

         D.  Hazardous  Materials   Management  Plan.  Prior  to  Tenant  using,
         handling,  transporting or storing any Hazardous  Materials at or about
         the Premises  (including,  without limitation,  those listed in Exhibit
         "D"), Tenant shall submit to Landlord a Hazardous Materials  Management
         Plan ("HMMP") for Landlord's review and approval,  which approval shall
         not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  The  HMMP  shall  describe:  (i)  the
         quantities of each material to be used, (ii) the purpose for which each
         material is to be used,  (iii) the method of storage of each  material,
         (iv) the method of transporting  each material to and from the Premises
         and within the Premises,  (v) the methods Tenant will employ to monitor
         the use of the material  and to detect any leaks or potential  hazards,
         and (vi) any  other  information  any  department  of any  governmental
         entity (city,  state or federal)  requires prior to the issuance of any
         required  permit for the Premises or during  Tenant's  occupancy of the
         Premises.  Landlord  may,  but shall have no  obligation  to review and
         approve the foregoing information and HMO, and such review and approval
         or  failure  to review  and  approve  shall not act as an  estoppel  or
         otherwise waive Landlord's rights under this Lease or relieve

<PAGE>


         Tenant of its obligations  under this Lease. If Landlord  determines in
         good faith by inspection of the Premises or review of the HMMP that the
         methods in use or described  by Tenant are not  adequate in  Landlord's
         food  faith   judgment  to  prevent  or  eliminate   the  existence  of
         environmental hazards, then Tenant shall not use, handle, transport, or
         store such  Hazardous  Materials  at or about the  Premises  unless and
         until such  methods are approved by landlord in good faith and added to
         an approved  HMMP.  Once  approved by landlord,  Tenant shall  strictly
         comply  with the HMMP and  shall  not  change  its use,  operations  or
         procedures with respect to Hazardous  Materials  without  submitting an
         amended HMMP for Landlord's review and approval as provided above.

         E. Use  Restriction.  Except as specifically  allowed in Subparagraph C
         above,  Tenant shall not cause or permit any  Hazardous  Material to be
         used,  stored,  generated,  discharged,  transported  to  or  from,  or
         disposed of in or about the Premises, or any other land or improvements
         in the vicinity of the  Premises.  Without  limiting the  generality of
         foregoing,  Tenant,  at its  sole  cost,  shall  comply  with  all Laws
         relating to the storage,  use,  generation,  transport,  discharge  and
         disposal  by Tenant or its  Agents of any  Hazardous  Material.  If the
         presence of any Hazardous  Material on the Premises caused or permitted
         by Tenant or its Agents results in contamination of the Premises or any
         soil,  air,  ground or surface waters under,  through,  over, on, in or
         about the  Premises,  Tenant,  at it expense  shall  promptly  take all
         actions  necessary to return the Premises and/or the  surrounding  real
         property to the  condition  existing  prior to the  appearance  of such
         Hazardous Material.

         F. Tenant Indemnity.  Tenant shall defend,  protect,  hold harmless and
         indemnify  Landlord  and its Agents  and  Lenders  with  respect to all
         actions,  claims,  losses  (including,   diminution  in  value  of  the
         Premises),  fines,  penalties,  fees,  (including,  but not limited to,
         reasonable  attorneys' and consultants' fees and costs) costs, damages,
         liabilities, remediation costs, investigation costs, response costs and
         other  expenses  arising  out of,  resulting  from,  or  caused  by any
         Hazardous Material used, generated, discharged, transported to or from,
         stored or  disposed of by Tenant or its Agents,  in, on,  under,  over,
         through or about the Premises  and/or the  surrounding  real  property.
         Tenant shall not suffer any lien to be recorded against the Premises as
         a  consequence  for  the  disposal  of any  Hazardous  Material  on the
         Premises  by  Tenant or its  Agents,  including  any so  called  state,
         federal  or local  "super  fund"  lien  related to the "lean up" of any
         Hazardous Material in, over, on, under,  through or about the Premises.
         Landlord  agrees that Tenant shall have no liability or  obligation  to
         Landlord under this Lease with respect to any Hazardous Materials on or
         about the Premises,  which were not caused or  contributed to by Tenant
         or Tenant's Agents.

         G. Compliance. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any inquiry,
         test, investigation, enforcement proceeding by or against Tenant or the
         Premises  concerning  any  Hazardous  Material.  Any  remediation  plan
         prepared by or on behalf of Tenant must be submitted  Landlord prior to
         conducting  any work  pursuance  to such plan and prior to submittal to
         any applicable  government authority and shall be subject to Landlord's
         consent.  Tenant  acknowledges  that  Landlord,  as  the  owner  of the
         Property,  at its  election,  shall have the sole  right to  negotiate,
         defend, approve and appeal any action taken or order issued with regard
         to any Hazardous Material by any applicable governmental authority.


<PAGE>



         H. Assignment and Subletting. It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord
         to withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting if (i)
         the proposed assignee's or subtenant's  anticipated use of the Premises
         involves the storage, generation, discharge, transport, use or disposal
         of any Hazardous  Material not permitted  under  Subparagraph  C above;
         (ii) if the  proposed  assignee or subtenant  has been  required by any
         prior  landlord,  lender,  or  government  authority  to "clean  up" or
         remediate  any  Hazardous  Material  and has failed to  promptly do so;
         (iii) if the proposed assignee or subtenant is subject to investigation
         or  enforcement  order or proceeding by any  governmental  authority in
         connection with the use, generation, discharged, transport, disposal or
         storage of any material  amount of Hazardous  Material;  provided  that
         (ii) and (iii) will not apply in the case of a Fortune 500 Company.

         I. Surrender.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease,
         Tenant, at its sole cost, shall remove all Hazardous Materials from the
         Premises  that  Tenant or its Agents  introduced  to the  Premises.  If
         Tenant  fails to so surrender  the  Premises,  Tenant shall  indemnify,
         protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all damages
         resulting  from Tenant's  failure to surrender the Premises as required
         by this Paragraph,  including, without limitation, any actions, claims,
         losses,  liabilities,  fees (including,  but not limited to, reasonable
         attorneys'  fees  and  consultants'  fees  and  costs),  fines,  costs,
         penalties, or damages occasioned by the inability to relet the Premises
         or a reduction in the fair market  and/or  rental value of the Premises
         by reason of the  existence of any  Hazardous  Materials  in, on, over,
         under, through or around the Premises.

         J.  Right to  Appoint  Consultant.  Landlord  shall  have the  right to
         appoint a consultant to conduct an investigation  to determine  whether
         any   Hazardous   Material  is  being  used,   generated,   discharged,
         transported to or from, stored or disposed of in, on, over, through, or
         about the Premises,  in an appropriate and lawful manner. If Tenant has
         violated any Law or covenant in this Lease  regarding the use,  storage
         or disposal of  Hazardous  Materials on or about the  Premises,  Tenant
         shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such investigation. Tenant, at
         its expense,  shall comply with all reasonable  recommendations  of the
         consultant  required to conform  Tenant's  use,  storage or disposal of
         Hazardous Materials to the requirements of applicable Law or to fulfill
         the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

         K. Holding  over.  If any action of any kind is required to be taken by
         any governmental  authority to clean-up,  remove,  remediate or monitor
         Hazardous  Material (the presence of which is the result of the acts or
         omissions  of Tenant or its Agents)  and such  action is not  completed
         prior to the  expiration or earlier  termination  of the Lease,  Tenant
         shall be deemed to have impermissibly held over until such time as such
         required  action is  completed,  and Landlord  shall be entitled to all
         damages directly or indirectly incurred in connection with such holding
         over,  including  with  out  limitation,   damages  occasioned  by  the
         inability  to re-let the  Premises  or a  reduction  of the fair market
         and/or rental value of the Premises.

         L. Existing Environmental  Reports.  Tenant hereby acknowledges that it
         has received,  read and reviewed the reports and test result  described
         in Exhibit "E" attached hereto and made a part of hereof (the "Existing
         Environmental Reports").

         M. Provisions Survive Termination.  The provisions of this Paragraph 39
         shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

         N.  Controlling  Provisions.  The  provisions of this  Paragraph 39 are
         intended  to govern the  rights and  liabilities  of the  Landlord  and
         Tenant hereunder respecting Hazardous Materials to the exclusion of any
         other   provisions  in  this  Lease  that  might  otherwise  be  deemed
         applicable.  The  provisions of this  Paragraph 39 shall be controlling
         with respect to any provisions in the Lease that are inconsistent  with
         this Paragraph 39.
<PAGE>

40.  Option to Extend.

         A.  Provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease at the time
         of  exercise  of the  hereinafter  described  option  or at the time of
         termination  of the then existing  term of this Lease,  as the case may
         be,  Tenant  shall have one (1) option to extend the term of this Lease
         for a period of five (5) years (the "Option  Term").  Said option shall
         be  exercised  only by written  notice  delivered to Landlord not later
         than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration  date of the
         then existing term of this Lease. In all respects, the terms, covenants
         and conditions of this Lease shall remain  unchanged  during the Option
         Term,  except that the Monthly  Installment  of rent payable during the
         Option Term, which shall be determined in accordance with  Subparagraph
         B and C below,  and  except  that there  shall be no further  option to
         extend the term of this Lease at the end of the Option Term.

         B. The Monthly Installment of rent payable during the Option Term shall
         be ninety-five percent (95%) of the fair market rental for the Premises
         as of the first day of the Option Term (the "Fair Market Rental");  but
         in no event shall the Monthly  Installment  of rent payable  during the
         Option Term be less than the Monthly Installment of rent payable during
         the last calendar month of the original Lease Term.

         C.  Promptly  following  exercise of the option to extend,  the parties
         shall  meet and  endeavor  to agree on the Fair  Market  Rental  of the
         Premises as of the first day of the Option  Term.  In  determining  the
         Fair Market  Rental for the  Premises,  the Premises  shall be compared
         only to buildings of a similar  quality and size. If within thirty (30)
         days after  exercise of the option,  the parties  cannot agree upon the
         Fair  Market  Rental,  the parties  shall  submit the matter to binding
         appraisal in accordance with the following procedure: Within sixty (60)
         days after exercise of the option, the parties shall either (a) jointly
         appoint an appraiser for this purpose or (b) failing this joint action,
         separately  designate a  disinterested  appraiser.  No person  shall be
         appointed or designated an appraiser unless he or she has at lease five
         (5) years experience n appraising  major  commercial  property in Santa
         Clara  County and is a member of a  recognized  society of real  estate
         appraisers. If, within thirty (30) days after the appointment,  the two
         appraisers reach agreement on the Fair Market Rental,  that value shall
         be binding and conclusive upon the parties.  If the two appraisers this
         appointed  cannot  reach  agreement on the  question  presented  within
         thirty  (30) days after  their  appointment,  then the  appraiser  thus
         appointed  shall appoint a third  disinterested  appraiser  having like
         qualifications. If within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the
         third  appraiser,  a majority of the appraiser agree on the Fair Market
         Rental, that value shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties. If
         within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third appraiser, a
         majority of the  appraisers  cannot  reach  agreement  on the  question
         presented,  then the  appraisal  farthest  from the median of the three
         appraisals  shall be disregarded  and the mean average of the remaining
         two  appraisals  shall be  deemed to be the Fair  Market  Rental of the
         Premises  as of the first day of the  Option  Term and shall be binding
         and  conclusive  upon the  parties.  Each party  shall pay the fees and
         expenses of the  appraiser  appointed by it and shall share equally the
         fees  and  expenses  of the  third  appraiser.  If the  two  appraisers
         appointed by the parties  cannot agree on the  appointment of the third
         appraiser,  they or either of them shall give notice of such failure to
         agree  to the  parties  and if the  parties  fail  to  agree  upon  the
         selection  of such  third  appraiser  within  ten (10)  days  after the
         appraisers  appointed by the parties  give such notice,  then either of
         the  parties,   upon  notice  to  the  other  party  may  request  such
         appointment by the American Arbitration Association,  or on it failure,
         refusal or  inability  to act,  may apply for such  appointment  to the
         presiding judge of the Court of Santa Clara County, California.

41.  Third Opportunity to Lease.

         A. Definitions. As used in this Paragraph 41, the following terms shall
         be the following meanings:
<PAGE>

                  1. "Third  Opportunity  Space" shall mean the space located in
                  Building C commonly  known as 4415 Fortran Court and currently
                  lease to Novellus Systems, Inc. ("Novellus").

                  2. "Prior Right" or Prior Rights" shall mean (a) the option to
                  expand  into  the  Third  Opportunity  Space  which  has  been
                  previously  granted to AG Associated,  Inc.  ("AG") and/or (b)
                  the right of the first refusal covering the Third  Opportunity
                  Space which has been previously  granted to Novellus  Systems,
                  Inc.

                  3.  "Novellus  Lease"  shall mean the existing  lease  between
                  Landlord and Novellus covering the Third Opportunity Space.

         B. Third Opportunity Space.  Provided that (i) Tenant is not in default
         under this Lease;  (ii) this Lease is in full force and  effect;  (iii)
         Tenant has not assigned  this Lease and is in physical  occupancy of at
         least fifty percent (50%) of the area of the Premises; and (iv) neither
         AG nor Novellus has exercised its respective  Prior Right and all Prior
         Rights have expired;  then, and only then,  tenant shall have the right
         to lease the Third  Opportunity  Space, as the Third  Opportunity Space
         becomes  available  upon the  expiration of the Novellus Lease subject,
         however, to the following terms and conditions.

         C.  Landlord's   Notice.  If  Landlord  proposes  to  lease  the  Third
         Opportunity  Space to a  prospective  tenant  after the  expiration  of
         Novellus Lease and all conditions set forth in Subparagraph B above are
         satisfied,  the Landlord  shall notify  Tenant in writing  ("Landlord's
         Notice")  of the  form  of  lease  Landlord  intends  to  use,  and the
         following  basic business terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease
         such space  (collectively  referred  to herein as the  "Basic  Business
         Terms"):  (i) the description of the particular Third Opportunity Space
         then  available  (the  "Proposed  Space");  (ii) the term of the lease;
         (iii) the tenants improvements landlord is willing to construct or that
         it will required to be  constructed  and the  contribution  Landlord is
         willing to make to pay for such tenant  improvements,  if any; (iv) the
         rent for the initial term or the formula to be used to  determine  such
         rent (including,  if applicable the rental  commencement date, Tenant's
         share of taxes,  assessments,  operating expenses,  insurance costs and
         the like; (v) any option or options to extend (including the rent to be
         charged or the formula for such charges  during the extension  periods;
         and (vi) any other material business term Landlord elects to specify.

         D. Second Lease. If Tenant,  within two (2) business days after receipt
         of Landlord's  Notice,  indicated in writing its agreement to lease the
         Proposed Space on the Basic Business Terms stated in Landlord's  Notice
         (the "Second  Lease"),  and within two (2) days after Tenant's  receipt
         thereof,  Tenant  executes  and returns to Landlord  the Second  Lease,
         Landlord shall lease to Tenant and Tenant shall lease from Landlord the
         Proposed  Space on the terms and  conditions  contained  in the  Second
         Lease, provided, however, that this Lease shall be modified to include,
         and the Second Lease shall include, a cross-default provision providing
         that  Tenant  will be in default  under both the Second  Lease and this
         Lease, if Tenant is in default under either Lease.

         E.  Failure to  Exercise.  If Tenant  does not  indicate in writing its
         agreement  to lease  the  Proposed  Space  on the  terms  contained  in
         Landlord's  Notice  within the two (2) business day time period,  or if
         Tenant does not execute and return to Landlord  the Second Lease within
         two (20) business days after Tenant's  receipt  thereof,  then Landlord
         shall  thereafter have the unfettered right to lease the Proposed Space
         to any third party on any terms and conditions.

         F.  Termination.  The provisions of this Paragraph shall terminate upon
         (i) the expiration of earlier  termination  of this Lease;  or (ii) any
         assignment by Tenant of its interest in this Lease or the subletting by
         Tenant of substantially  all of the Premises for  substantially  all of
         the remainder of the Lease Term; or (iii) as to any particular Proposed
         Space,  Tenant's  failure to exercise its right to lease granted herein
         as to such Proposed  Space as its first  opportunity  to do so, or (iv)
         the  exercise of any Prior right by any party then  holding  such Prior
         Right.
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this  Agreement on the dates set
forth below.

TENANT                                    LANDLORD

ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.               SOUTH BY/FORTRAN, a California limited
a California corporation                  partnership

By:                                       By:

Printed:                                  Printed:

Title:                                    Title:

Dated:                                    Dated:



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

Exhibit A is a map of the buildings on Fortan Court with square  footage as well
as a map of the immediate vicinity.


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

All that read property situated in the City of San Jose, Counter of Santa Clara,
State of California, described as follows:

Beginning at the  Southwesterly  corner of that certain 31.74 acre tract of land
described in the deed from The First  National Bank of San Jose, a  corporation,
to F. W. Zanker and Curtner Zanker,  date May 5, 1939,  recorded Mary 8, 1939 in
Book 934 Official Records, page 16, Santa Clara County Records, in the Northerly
line Alviso-Milpitas Road, thence from said point of beginning N. 89 deg. 35' E.
630.30 feet to the Southeasterly corner thereof;  thence along the Easterly line
of said 31.74 acre tract for the three  following  courses and  distances:  N. 1
deg. 13'E.  768.9 feet, N. 0 deg. 57' E. 597.96 feet and N. 0 deg. 31' E. 149.97
feet to the  Southeasterly  corner  of that  certain  9.316  acre  tract of land
described in the deed from F. W. Zanker,  et al, to B. S. Brazil,  a single man,
dated  October  25,  1943,  recorded  November  16,  1943 in Book 1176  Official
Records, page 21, Santa Clara County Records; thence S. 89 deg. 35' W, along the
Southerly line of said 9.316 acre tract 651.78 feet to the Southwesterly  corner
thereof in the Westerly line of said 31.74 tract;  thence S. 0 deg. 08' W. along
said last mentioned line 1512.88 feet to the point of beginning.

Excepting  therefrom  that portion  thereof  conveyed to the City of San Jose, a
municipal  corporation,  recorded  September 2, 1985,  in Book J828,  page 1719,
Official Records, described as follows:

Beginning at the  Southeasterly  corner of that certain 31.74 acre tract of land
described in the deed from The First  National Bank of San Jose, a  corporation,
to F. W. Zanker and Curtner Zanker,  dated May 5, 1939,  recorded May 8, 1939 in
Book 934 Official Records, page 16, Santa Clara County Records, said point being
on the Northerly  line of  Alviso-Milpitas  Road,  thence  leaving said point of
beginning  alone the  Easterly  line of said 31.74 acre parcel N. 1 deg.  13' E.
30.00 feet to the true pint of beginning of the parcel  herein being  described:
thence  leaving said true point of beginning  and said  Easterly  line along the
following courses and distances;  From a tangent bearing of N. 88 deg. 47'00" W.
along a curve to the right with a radius for 50.0 feet,  through a central angle
of 36 deg.  52'12" for an arc length of 32.18 feet;  N. 1 deg.  13.00' E. 361.13
feet; N. 0 deg. 57'00" E. 597.93 feet; N. 0 deg.  31'52" E. 18.69 feet;  along a
tangent  curve to the left with a radius of 40.00 feet,  through a central angle
of 90 deg.  56'58" for an arc length of 63.50 feet to a point on a line parallel
with and  distant  90.00  feet  Southerly,  measured  at right  angles  from the
Southerly  line of that certain 9.316 acre parcel of land  described in the deed
from F. W. Zanker,  et al, to B. S. Brazil,  recorded  November 16, 1943 in Book
1176 Official Records, at page 21, Santa Clara County Records; thence along said
parallel line, s. 89 deg.  34'54" W. 579.99 feet to a point on the Westerly line
of said 31.74 acre parcel of land;  thence leaving said parallel line along said
Westerly line, N. 0 deg. 06'10" E. 90.00 feet to the Southwesterly corner of the
hereinabove described 9.316 acre parcel; thence leaving said Westerly line along
the  Southerly  line of said 9.316 acre parcel , N. 89 de. 34'54" E. 651.24 feet
to the Southeasterly corner thereof,  said corner lying in said Easterly line of
the hereinabove described 31.74 acre parcel, thence along said Easterly line the
following  course and  distances:  S. 0 deg.  31'52" W. 149.08  feet;  S. 0 deg.
57'00" W. 598.11 feet and S. 1 deg.  13"00"  W.471.20  feet to the true point of
beginning.

ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM all that portion conveyed to the State of California by
Grant Deed recorded August 31, 1994 in Book N 579, Page 2028,  Official  Records
described as follows:  Being a portion of that certain  parcel of land described
in the Deed from Ray H.  Collishaw  and Earlyn  Collishaw,  husband  and wife to
William L. Marocco, a single man, recorded May 4, 1982 in Book G 762 of Official
Records at Page 218, Santa Clara County Records.


<PAGE>



Beginning at the  southeast  corner of said parcel  conveyed to Marocco;  thence
from said Point of Beginning,  along the southerly line of said parcel  conveyed
to Marocco N. 89 deg.  01'16" W.  626.45  feet to the  southwest  corner of said
parcel  conveyed  to  Marocco;  thence  along the  westerly  line of said parcel
conveyed  to  Marocco N. 1 deg.  13'13" E.  227.77  feet;  thence  leaving  said
westerly line,  from a tangent bearing of S. 67 deg. 46'42" E., along a curve to
the  right  with a radius  of 275.00  feet,  through a central  angle of 18 deg.
08'37"  for an arc length of 87.08  feet;  thence s. 49 deg.  38'05" E.,  103.64
feet;  thence  along a tangent  curve to the left with a radius of 275.00  feet,
through a  central  angle of 34 de.  57'21"  for an arc  length of 167.78  feet;
thence S. 84 deg.  35'26" E. 318.98 feet to a point in the easterly line of said
parcel conveyed to Marocco said easterly line S. 2 deg. 20'03" W., 31.97 feet to
the Point of Beginning.



<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "C"

                              IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

         This  Improvement  Agreement is made part of that Lease dated March 11,
1996 (the  "Lease") by and  between  SOUTH  BAY/FORTRAN,  a  California  limited
partnership,   ("Landlord"),  and  ELEXSYS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,  a  California
corporation  ("Tenant").  Landlord and Tenant agree that the following terms are
part of the Lease:

         1. Purpose of Improvement  Agreement.  The purpose of this  Improvement
Agreement is to set forth the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with
respect to the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises.

         2. Definitions.  As used in this Improvement  Agreement,  the following
terms shall have the following meanings,  and initially  capitalized terms which
are not defined below,  but which are defined in the lease and which are used in
this  Improvement  Agreement,  shall have the  meanings  ascribed to them by the
Lease:

                  A. Final  Tenant  Improvement  Plans.  The term "Final  Tenant
Improvement  Plans" shall mean those plans and  specifications for the Tenant is
to be  constructed by Landlord which are to be designed and approved by Landlord
and Tenant.

                  B. Tenant Improvements.  The term "Tenant  Improvements" shall
mean the tenant  improvements  to be constructed by Landlord in accordance  with
the Final Tenant Improvements Plans.

                  C. Landlord's Code Work. The term "Landlord's Code Work" shall
mean all  work  required  to bring  the  Premises  as they  exist on the date of
execution of this Lease (prior to the  construction of any Tenant  Improvements)
into compliance with all governmental codes, ordinances and statutes,  including
Americans With Disabilities Act ("ADA"). If the Tenant Improvements are going to
replace or  substantially  alter any existing  improvement  which are not now in
compliance with governmental codes, then Landlord shall not be required to bring
such existing improvements into compliance with governmental codes and such work
shall be excluded from the definitions  "Landlord's Code Work". For example,  if
any existing bathrooms which do not comply with ADA requirements are going to be
replaced or substantially altered by the Tenant Improvements then Landlord shall
not be required to make any alterations to such existing bathrooms.

                  D.  Substantial  Completion and  Substantially  Complete.  The
terms "Substantial  Completion" and "Substantially Complete" shall each mean the
date  when  all of the  following  have  occurred  with  respect  to the  Tenant
Improvements:   (i)  the  construction  of  the  Tenant  Improvements  has  been
substantially  completed in accordance  with the provisions of this  Improvement
Agreement  (except  for  minor  punch  list  items  which  do not  substantially
interfere  with  the  Tenant's  use of the  Premises);  and  (ii)  the  Building
department of the City of San Jose has  completed  its final  inspection of such
improvements  and has "signed off" the building  inspection  card approving such
work as complete.


<PAGE>



                  E. TI Costs.  The term "TI Costs"  shall mean and  include all
costs  and  expenses  paid  or  incurred  by  Landlord  for  any  and all of the
following:  architectural  and engineering  fees and costs,  all building permit
fees  and  taxes  and  other  governmental  fees  and  taxes  required  for  the
construction  and  occupancy  of the  Tenant  Improvements,  all  of  Landlord's
contractors'  and  subcontractors'  prices and fees for  constructing the Tenant
Improvements,  including the cost of all  partitioning,  utility  systems,  fire
sprinkler  systems,  heating,  ventilating  and  air  conditioning  systems  and
equipment, rook screens,  electrical distribution facilities,  wiring, lighting,
ceilings,  installation of fixtures and equipment, restrooms, carpeting, and all
other improvements and alterations  required to finish the existing Building for
occupancy  by Tenant in  accordance  with the Final  Tenant  Improvement  Plans;
provided,  however, TI Costs shall not include any costs attributable Landlord's
Code  Work.  The  Landlord's  contractors'  price for  constructing  the  Tenant
Improvements  shall include the cost of a job superintendent and project manager
plus a fee of five percent (5%) of all other TI Costs.

                  F. Maximum TI Allowance. The term "Maximum TI Allowance" shall
mean a sum  equal to $11.90  multiplied  by the  number of square  feet of floor
space contained  within the Premises.  The square footage of the Premises is 66,
638 sq. ft.  Accordingly,  the Maximum TI Allowance is Seven Hundred Eighty-Nine
Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy-Nine Dollars ($789,779.00).

                  G. Excess TI Costs.  The term" Excess TI Costs" shall mean all
TI Costs in excess of the Maximum TI Allowance.

         3.  Design of Tenant Improvements

                  A. Preliminary Tenant  Improvement Plans.  Tenant shall, on or
before  April 10 , 1996,  prepare  and  deliver to  Landlord  for its review and
approval preliminary plans for the Tenant Improvements,  which preliminary plans
shall show Tenant's desired floor plan, layout,  electrical  requirements,  HVAC
requirements  and general  requirements in sufficient  detail in order to permit
Landlord  to  prepare  working  drawings  for  the  Tenant   Improvements   (the
"Preliminary  Tenant  Improvement  Plans").  Within five (5) business days after
receipt of the  Preliminary  Tenant  Improvement  Plans,  Landlord  shall wither
approve such plans or notify Tenant in writing of any request for changes to the
Preliminary  Tenant  Improvement  Plans.  If  Landlord  submits  any request for
changes,  the  parties  shall  meet and  confer to  develop  Preliminary  Tenant
Improvement  Plans that are  acceptable  to both Landlord and Tenant within five
(5) business days after landlord has notifies Tenant of its request for changes.

                  B. Development and Approval of Tenant  Improvement Plans. Once
the  Preliminary  Tenant  Improvement  Plans have been  approved by Landlord and
Tenant,  Landlord  shall  complete and submit to tenant for its  approval  final
working  drawings for the Tenant  Improvements.  Tenant shall  approve the final
working  drawings for the Tenant  Improvements  or notify Landlord in writing of
its specific  request for changes within five (5) business days after receipt of
the working  drawings from Landlord.  If tenant submits any request for changes,
the parties shall confer and reach agreement upon the final working drawings for
the Tenant  Improvements within five (5) business days after Tenant has notified
Landlord of its request for  changes.  When  Landlord  and Tenant agree upon the
final working drawings for the Tenant  Improvements,  a  representative  of each
shall sign the same.  The final  working  drawings so  approved by Landlord  and
Tenant are referred to herein as the "Final Tenant Improvement Plans".

         4. Construction of Tenant Improvements.  Landlord shall, at the expense
of Landlord and Tenant as specified in Paragraph 10 below,  construct the Tenant
Improvements in accordance with the following:

                  A. Building  Permit.  As soon as the Final Tenant  Improvement
Plans have been  approved by Landlord  and  Tenant,  Landlord  shall apply for a
building permit for the Tenant  Improvements,  and shall  diligently  pursue the
obtaining of such building permit.
<PAGE>

                  B.  Commencement  of  Tenant  Improvements.  As  soon  as  the
building  permit for the Tenant  Improvements  has been issued,  Landlord  shall
commence  construction of the Tenant Improvements and shall diligently prosecute
such construction to completion.

         5.  Construction  Contract.  The  following  shall govern the manner in
which the construction contract shall be let by Landlord for the construction of
the Tenant Improvements:

                  A. Landlord  shall engage South Bay  Construction  Company,  a
California  corporation  ("SBCC") as the general  contractor  to  construct  the
Tenant  Improvements.  Tenant  acknowledges  that  SBCC is an  affiliate  of the
Landlord.

                  B. All major  subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall
be chosen by a competitive  bid process where (i) tenant shall have the right to
approve  subcontractors  who  bid  on  specific  parts  of  the  Job;  (ii)  the
subcontractor  shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder unless Landlord
and Tenant otherwise agree (which decision may arise from concerns as to whether
the subcontractor will be able to complete it work in a timely manner; and (iii)
Tenant  shall have the right to review and  approve  all  subcontracts  prior to
submission to subcontractors.

                  C. The construction  contract with SBCC shall provide for SBCC
to be compensated or reimbursed as follows with respect to the  construction  of
the Tenant Improvements: (i) to be paid a general contractor's fee equal to five
percent  (5%)  of all TI  Costs;  (ii) to be  reimburses  for  all  payments  to
subcontractors or material  suppliers;  (iii) to be reimbursed for the following
cost items (a)  temporary  electric  power,  (b)  on-site  office  trailer,  (c)
temporary  on-site  toilets,  (d) trash  removal  and site  clean  up,  (e) long
distance telephone charges,  (f) messenger and air courier charges;  and (vi) to
be reimbursed for the following hour rates for the cost of a job  superintendent
($55.00/hr) and of a project manager ($68.00/hr).

         6.  Substitutions.  In developing the  Preliminary  Tenant  Improvement
Plans and Final Tenant  Improvement  Plans,  Tenant shall  designate  and select
material and equipment  which can be obtained with normal lead times.  If at any
time  during the plan  development  process or the  course of  construction,  it
becomes apparent that a particular  material or item of equipment is not or will
not be obtainable within a reasonable period of time, the parties shall meet and
confer to find a substitute therefor.

         7. Changes to Approved Plan.  Once the Final Tenant  Improvement  Plans
have been approved by Landlord and Tenant, neither shall have the right to order
extra  work or change  orders  with  respect to the  construction  of the Tenant
Improvements without the prior written consent of the other, which consent shall
not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  provided there is a reasonable  basis
for such change or such change is required by any Law.  All extra work or change
orders  requested by either  Landlord or Tenant shall be made in writing,  shall
specify any added or reduced cost and/or construction time resulting  therefrom,
and shall become effective and a part of the Final Tenant Improvement Plans once
approved  in writing by both  parties.  If a change  order  requested  by Tenant
results in a net  increase  in the TI Costs  which  causes the total TI Costs to
exceed the Maximum TI Allowance, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such
increase  caused by the change order  requested by Tenant in accordance with the
provisions of Paragraph 10 below.


<PAGE>



         8. Delivery and  Possession,  Punch List and Acceptance  Agreement.  As
soon as the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Completed, Landlord and Tenant
shall together walk through the Premises and inspect all Tenant  Improvements so
completed,  using  reasonable  efforts to discover all  uncompleted or defective
construction  in the Tenant  Improvements.  Unless any  uncompleted or defective
construction  would materially  affect Tenant's ability to conduct its business,
then when such  inspection has been  completed,  tenant shall sign an acceptance
agreement  which  shall (i)  include a list of all :punch  List" items which the
parties  agree are to be corrected  by Landlord and (ii) state the  Commencement
Date.  As soon  as such  inspection  has  been  completed  and  such  acceptance
executed,  Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant. Landlord
shall use reasonable efforts to complete and/ore repair such "punch list " items
within thirty (30) days after receiving the acceptance agreement and punch list.
Landlord  shall have no  obligation  to deliver  possession  of the  Premises to
Tenant until such procedures regarding the preparation of t a punch list and the
execution of the acceptance agreement have completed. Tenant's taking possession
of any part of the  Premises  shall be deemed to be an  acceptance  by Tenant of
Landlord's  work of improvement in such part as complete and in accordance  with
the terms of the Lease except for the punch list items noted and latent  defects
that could not reasonable  have been  discovered by Tenant during its inspection
of the Tenant  Improvements  prior to  completion of the  acceptance  agreement.
Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein,  Tenant's  obligation  to pay  the
Monthly  Installment of rent and  Additional  Rent shall commence as provided in
the Lease,  regardless of whether Tenant  completes such  inspection or executes
such acceptance agreement.

         9. Standard of Construction  and Warranty.  Landlord  warrants that the
Tenant  Improvements  shall  be  constructed  in a good and  workmanlike  manner
substantially in accordance with the Final Tenant Improvement Plans (as modified
by change orders  approved by landlord and Tenant).  All materials and equipment
furnished  shall be new, of good quality and  installed in  accordance  with the
vendor's or manufacturer's  specifications,  instructions and requirements.  The
foregoing   warranty  shall  terminate  one  (1)  year  following  the  date  of
Substantial  Completion of the Tenant Improvements unless Tenant makes a written
claim against  Landlord  under the foregoing  warranty  within said one (1) year
period, in which case the warranty shall survive only a s to the specific matter
described in such claim.

         10. Payment of TI Costs. The TI Costs for the Tenant Improvements shall
be paid by Landlord and Tenant as follows:

                  A.  Landlord  shall  pay all TI  Costs  up to the  Maximum  TI
Allowance.  In no event shall Landlord be required to pay any TI Costs in excess
of the Maximum TI Allowance.

                  B. If the TI Costs  exceed  the  Maximum  TI  Allowance,  then
Tenant  shall  pay to  Landlord  the  full  amount  of all  Excess  TI  Costs in
accordance with the procedure set forth in Subparagraph C below.

                  C. During the course of constructing the Tenant  Improvements,
each progress  payment due to Landlord's  contractor or to any  subcontractor or
material  supplier shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant as follow:  (i) Landlord
shall pay a fraction of each progress payment,  which fraction shall have as its
numerator the Maximum TI Allowance and shall have as its denominator  Landlord's
estimate  of the  total TI Costs to  complete  the  construction  of the  Tenant
Improvements;  and (ii) Tenant  shall pay the balance of each  progress  payment
("Tenant's  Share).  Tenant shall pay Tenant's Share of each progress payment to
landlord  within ten (10) days after receipt of billing.  If, at any time during
the  course of  constructing  the  Tenant  Improvements,  Landlord  revises  its
estimate of the total TI Costs to complete the Tenant  Improvements  so that the
amount  previously paid by Tenant is not sufficient to pay Tenant's Share of the
TI Costs paid to date,  then Tenant  shall pay to Landlord  within ten (10) days
after receipt of billing, the amount necessary to increase Tenant's contribution
toward the TI Costs so that Landlord has paid only its  fractional  share of the
TI Costs and  Tenant has paid the  balance.  Upon the  completion  of the Tenant
Improvements,  landlord  shall  provide  Tenant  with  a  reconciliation  of the
estimated  TI Costs to the  actual TI Costs and  Tenant's  payments  on  account
thereof,  and Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  or Landlord



<PAGE>

shall refund to Tenant,  any net amount due or  refundable,  as the case may be,
within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of  reconciliation.  If Tenant shall
fail to comply with any demand for payment made pursuant to this Paragraph 10. C
within ten (10) days of receipt thereof,  Landlord may (i) terminate,  effective
immediately,  this Lease by giving written notice of termination to Tenant, (ii)
cease construction of the Tenant Improvements, and/or (iii) exercise any and all
remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, including those set forth in
Paragraph 12.b of the Lease.

         11.  Accounting.   When  the  Tenant   Improvements  are  Substantially
Completed and all TI Costs have been determined, Landlord shall submit to Tenant
a final and detailed  accounting of all TI Costs paid by Landlord.  Tenant shall
have the right to audit books,  records and supporting  documents of Landlord to
the extent necessary to determine the accuracy of such accounting  during normal
business  hours  after  giving  Landlord at least five (5)  business  days prior
written notice. Any such audit must be conducted,  if at all, within thirty (30)
days after Landlord delivers such accounting to Tenant.

         12. Landlord's Code Work.  Landlord shall perform all of the landlord's
Code Work at the Landlord's sole cost and expense.

         13. Effect of Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between this
Improvement  Agreement and the Lease,  the terms of this  Improvement  Agreement
shall prevail.


                        TENANT

                        ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                        a California corporation

DATED:                  By:

                        Name:

                        Title:


                        LANDLORD

                        SOUTH BY/FORTRAN, a California limited partnership


DATED:                  By:

                        Name:

                        Title:



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D

                       HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN

                  (To be provided by Tenant prior to occupancy)



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT E

1.   ATT report dated July 9, 1992:  Preliminary  (Phase I)  Environmental  Site
     Assessment  Update for the Property at 4405 - 4445 Fortran Court, San Jose,
     CA (Project No. 929368).

2.   SECOR  International  Incorporated  report  dated  July 10,  1995:  Phase I
     Environmental Site Assessment Report - 4405,4415,4425,4435 and 4445 Fortran
     Drive, San Jose, CA (Job No. 70076-001-01).

3.   SECOR  International  Incorporated  report dated July 24,  1995:  Technical
     Report Soil  Sampling and Grab  Groundwater  Sampling - 4405 - 4445 Fortran
     Drive, San Jose, CA




<TABLE>
                                                    EXHIBIT 11


                                            ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE
                                For The Years Ended  September  30, 1996,  1995, 1994
                                (Thousands  of dollars  except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>

                                                                    1996            1995         1994
                                                                    ----            ----         ----
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>          <C>   
Net income                                                        $8,470          $5,132       $2,554
Convertible debenture interest                                                                    880
Net income applicable to common and
 dilutive common equivalent share                                 $8,470          $5,132       $3,434

Earnings (loss) per common share and
common share equivalents, primary:
 Loss before extraordinary gain                                    $0.89           $0.37      ($1.28)
 Extraordinary gain, net of expenses and taxes                                     $0.20        $1.82
 Net income                                                        $0.89           $0.57        $0.54

Earnings (loss) per common share and 
common share equivalents, fully diluted:
 Loss before extraordinary gain                                    $0.89           $0.36      ($0.91)
 Extraordinary gain, net of expenses and taxes                                     $0.20        $1.30
 Net income                                                        $0.89           $0.56        $0.39

Weighted average of common and dilutive common 
equivalent shares outstanding:
  Primary weighted average shares                                  9,157           8,623        5,953
  Convertible debenture interest equivalent shares                                                405
  Stock option equivalent shares                                     396             395           29
  Primary common and common equivalent shares                      9,553           9,018        6,387

Fully diluted weighted average shares:                             9,157           8,623        8,335
 Convertible debenture interest equivalent shares                                                 405
 Stock option equivalent shares                                      396             464           29
 Fully diluted common and common equivalent shares                 9,553           9,087        8,769

<FN>
         Refer to Note 9  captioned  "Net  Income  (Loss) Per Share" of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company's 1996 annual report on page 23
for additional discussion of earnings per share.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                          ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]


                               1996 ANNUAL REPORT


<PAGE>

Elexsys  International,  Inc. is one of the country's  leading  manufacturers of
high performance  medium and high density  backpanel  assemblies & sophisticated
subsystem  assemblies.   In  addition,   the  Company  is  one  of  the  leading
manufacturers  of high technology  circuit  boards.  The Company offers advanced
inter-connect   solutions   for  the   telecommunications,   datacommunications,
computer,  industrial,  medical and instrumentation markets. 

         As of September 30, 1996,  Elexsys had 9,300,810 shares of common stock
outstanding.  Elexsys is traded on the Nasdaq  National  Market System under the
symbol ELEX.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRIMARY EARNINGS       STOCKHOLDERS'          
   NET SALES                GROSS MARGIN          NET INCOME            PER SHARE              EQUITY               TOTAL ASSETS
   $000,000                      %                $000,000                  $                 $000,000                $000,000


[GRAPHIC OMITTED]        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]     [GRAPHIC OMITTED]    [GRAPHIC OMITTED]     [GRAPHIC OMITTED]       [GRAPHIC OMITTED]


    <S>                      <C>                   <C>                  <C>                   <C>                      <C>
    94--95.7                 94--7.7               94--2.6              94--.54               94--6.1                  94--37.0 
    95--104.0                95--15.2              95--5.1              95--.57               95--13.9                 95--45.1 
    96--126.9                96--18.3              96--8.5              96--.89               96--24.6                 96--62.1 
                                                                                                                       

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                              TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

Fiscal  1996 -- our second  year of renewed  profitability  from  operations  --
showed Elexsys  International  forging ahead soundly.  Our strategy of expanding
the  breadth  and scope of the  products  and  services  we offer is being  well
received by the markets we serve. IN RECENT YEARS, MAJOR ELECTRONICS OEMS -- OUR
TARGET  CUSTOMERS  --  HAVE  BEEN  OUTSOURCING   INCREASING   AMOUNTS  OF  THEIR
MANUFACTURING  AND ASSEMBLY NEEDS. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996,
compared to fiscal  1995,  net sales  increased  22% to $127  million  from $104
million.  Net income  grew 67% to $8.5  million  from $5.1  million  and primary
earnings per share were up 56% to $0.89 from $0.57. Our operating margin for the
year was 8.0%  compared  to 5.1% for fiscal  1995.  Net  income for fiscal  1995
included  a gain  of $1.8  million  due to the  early  extinguishment  of  debt.
Excluding  the gain,  net income  would have been $3.3  million and earnings per
share would have been $0.37.

         For the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1996  compared to the same period in
fiscal 1995, net sales grew 20% to $36.8 million while net income  decreased 25%
to $2.3  million and  earnings  per share were down 25% to $0.24 (on 9.6 million
shares compared to 9.4 million shares for the prior period).

           Compared  to the third  quarter of fiscal  


                                        2
<PAGE>

1996,  fourth  quarter  net sales  increased  19% while net income  grew 15% and
earnings per share increased 20%.

         The  increase in orders from the third  quarter of fiscal  1996,  which
included a broad range of new customers,  and heightened overall  performance in
the fourth  quarter  resulted  from an  improved  sales mix and higher  capacity
utilization  than  earlier in the year when  inventory  adjustments  and product
transitions  combined  to reduce  orders on a  temporary  basis from some of our
largest customers.


                      ------------------------------------

                                   REVENUES BY
                                 MARKET SEGMENT

                                  53% TELECOM
            [GRAPHIC OMITTED]     13% COMPUTER             
                                  22% DATACOM
                                  12% INDUSTRIAL

                      ------------------------------------


         Overall, the revenue mix improved.  Orders for higher-margin  backpanel
and subsystem  assembly products met our growth  expectations as we continued to
focus on our goal of  achieving  more  than 50% of  revenues  from our  assembly
operations.  We  also  worked  successfully  to  requalify  Elexsys  with  major
cus-tomers in the telecommunications, datacommunications, industrial and medical
market  segments for business that had been lost previously due to the inability
to service  these  customers in past years.  Today,  Elexsys is again  receiving
preferred supplier  designations from several major customers.  The expansion of
our customer base, including new and renewed relationships, is a clear indicator
of the vigor and  effectiveness of our turnaround  efforts for the Company begun
in October  1994.  We 


                                       3
<PAGE>

have increased revenues from backpanel and subsystem  assemblies as a percentage
of net sales during fiscal 1996. We also have improved  product  turnaround time
and yields significantly, placing Elexsys' quality among industry leaders.

         We believe  outsourcing by OEMs,  particularly in the large and growing
telecommunications and datacom-munications markets, is a dynamic opportunity for
Elexsys  both  in  the  United  States  and  overseas.   OEMs  utilize  contract
manufacturing  for  several  key  reasons:  design  expertise,  reduced  capital
investment  requirements,  focused  resources,  access to leading  manufacturing
technology,  and improved inventory  management and purchasing power. To capture
our  fair  share  of this  potential,  we  have  made  broad-spectrum  "one-stop
outsourcing"  the  cornerstone  of our strategy  for growth. 

         We are using our proven,  high-technology manufacturing and engineering
capabilities  to further  expand into the rapidly  growing  outsourcing  market,
providing complex press-fit backpanels,  surface-mount back-panel assemblies and
subsystems utilizing our internal high technology circuit board capability.


             ------------------------------------------------------

                               MAJOR CUSTOMERS BY
                                 MARKET SEGMENT

             TELECOMMUNICATIONS                 INDUSTRIAL/MEDICAL
             Northern Telecom                   GE
             Tellabs                            Seimens
             Telco                              Rockwell
             DSC                                Honeywell
             Qualcom                            Fisher Controls
             Reltec                             Picker
             Lucent Technologies, Inc.          Genrad


             DATA COMMUNICATIONS                COMPUTERS
             DEC                                Tandem
             Tandem/UB networks                 DEC
             AT&T Paradyne                      Motorola
             Cascade                            Harris
             NET                                Silicon Graphics, Inc.

             ------------------------------------------------------

         We are also seeking to diversify our customer base. During fiscal 1996,
the Company manufactured and sold its products to 385 customers,  principally in
North America and Europe.  


                                       4
<PAGE>

         To support our broad marketing thrust, late in the fiscal year we moved
our Sunnyvale  headquarters  office and back-panel  operations to a much larger,
75,000-square-foot  facility in San Jose, California.  Midway through the fiscal
year, we acquired Anetec  Technologies,  a contract  manufacturer  supplying SMT
assembly services on a consignment  basis.  This acquisition  enabled Elexsys to
seamlessly  absorb a  significant  increase  in orders in the  active  backpanel
market  segment.  Anetec will be absorbed into the backpanel  assembly  division
during 1997.  We will continue to offer a prototype  consignment  service to our
major  customers  on a  limited  basis.  WE ARE  STRUCTURING  ELEXSYS  TO BE THE
PREMIER,  ONE-STOP  OUTSOURCING OPTION FOR ELECTRONICS OEMS REQUIRING  SUBSYSTEM
ASSEMBLIES.    Value-added   contract   manufacturing,   which   accounted   for
approximately  $41.5  billion in 1995,  is  estimated to be growing at an annual
rate of 21% and exceed $100 billion by the year 2000. Increasingly,  OEMs -- our
blue-chip customers -- are relying on independent  manufacturers such as Elexsys
rather than on captive  production with many OEMs having  discontinued their own
production since 1990.

             ------------------------------------------------------

                                 THE VERTICALLY
                              INTEGRATED SOLUTION

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                  STATE OF THE ART SYSTEM ASSEMBLY CAPABILITY

             o State of the Art Manufacturing SMT & Pressfit
               Backpanel Assembly
             o High Tech Printed Circuit Board Manufacturing Capability
             o Materials Procurement Group
             o Superior Design Services
             o Subsystem Assembly Capability
             o Advanced Test Capability
             o System Integration Capability

             ------------------------------------------------------

         The  electronics  industry is  undergoing  fundamental  change with the
ability to innovate,  and be first to market 


                                       5
<PAGE>

with a cost effective  product both being critical to the success of OEMs today.
This puts an intensified demand on suppliers who are providing increasing design
and  systems  content  to OEMs.  We have  configured  a supply  system  with key
engineering and manufacturing  resources at strategic locations in North America
and the United  Kingdom  focused on  delivering  quick-turn  prototypes  for new
products,  which are  subsequently  followed  with  deliveries  of high  quality
products on a timely basis. All plants have ISO 9002 certification.

             ------------------------------------------------------

                           USA AND EUROPEAN OPERATIONS

                                                   New Hampshire
                                                   Nashua

                                                                U.K.
                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                Peterborough 
                                                                England      
               California
               Fremont                                      
               Irvine                              Texas
               Mountain View                       Plano
               San Jose

             ------------------------------------------------------

         The path we are  following is wholly  dependent  upon the expertise and
wisdom of our  management  and  employees  and their ability to work together in
order to provide the timely response we promise to our customers. At Elexsys, we
have continued through fiscal 1996 to expand our  infrastructure  and to broaden
our management team.  Recognizing his keen contribution to our building process,
the Board of Directors  named W. F. "Barry" Hegarty in January 1996 as President
of the Company in addition to his role as Chief Operating Officer.

         For the future, we believe Elexsys has bright  prospects,  particularly
with  the  strategy  we have  articulated  and  have  now  largely  implemented.
Outsourcing presents a dynamic opportunity for the Company in the 


                                       6
<PAGE>

United States, Europe and Asia. OUR BUSINESS IS FOCUSED ON MAJOR GROWTH MARKETS,
PARTICULARLY  TELECOMMUNICATIONS,  DATACOMMUNICATIONS,  INDUSTRIAL,  MEDICAL AND
COMPUTER BOTH IN THE U.S. AND OVERSEAS. Elexsys enjoys world-class manufacturing
capabilities,   sells  into  rapidly  expanding  markets,   and  has  a  growing
international presence. Our customer strategy is focused on timeliness, which is
a key component of value in our business,  on premium service for all customers,
and on top quality that exceeds our customer expectations.

         We intend to forge  ahead in fiscal 1997 by  continuing  to enhance our
technology leadership,  capitalize on our international  presence, add even more
higher added-value  products,  and provide our customers with the best solutions
tailor made to their particular requirements.

             ------------------------------------------------------

             MILAN MANDARIC

             [GRAPHIC OMITTED]


                                              [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                                              W. F. "BARRY" HEGARTY

             ------------------------------------------------------

         We want to thank our customers  and  suppliers for their  confidence in
our products,  and our employees for their loyalty,  commitment and performance.
We also thank our  shareholders  for their  support  through  the years and look
forward to reporting  continued  progress  and  increased  shareholder  value in
fiscal 1997.

/s/ Milan Mandaric                           /s/ Barry Hegarty   
    MILAN MANDARIC                               W.F."BARRY" HEGARTY 
    Chairman of the Board and CEO                President and COO   


                                       7
<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSYS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  following  discussion  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the  Selected
Financial  Data and the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and Notes  thereto
contained  elsewhere  within  this  Annual  Report.  Except  for the  historical
information contained herein, the following discussion contains  forward-looking
statements  that involve risks and  uncertainties.  The actual future results of
the Company could differ  materially  from those  discussed  here.  Factors that
could cause or contribute to such differences  include,  but are not limited to,
those  discussed in this section and those  discussed in the Company's Form 10-K
for the year ended September 30, 1996.

                RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FISCAL 1996 TO FISCAL 1995

NET SALES
Net sales  increased  22 percent  from fiscal  1995.  The  increase in net sales
resulted from an increase in demand for the Company's subsystems (backpanels and
card  cage)  assemblies  and  circuit  board  products  from  new and  recurring
customers,  five months of sales from the Company's  recent  acquisition  of the
assets of Anetec Technologies (Anetec) in Fremont,  California and a full year's
sales from the United Kingdom circuit board operation. The increase in net sales
was  partially  offset by lower  pricing  for circuit  boards due to  previously
announced  softness in the industry during the third quarter of fiscal 1996. The
Company had unused  capacity in its circuit  board and  assembly  operations  of
approximately  35  and  50  percent   respectively,   allowing  the  Company  to
substantially  increase its sales in its  existing  facilities.  Going  forward,
management  expects  subsystems'  sales to be  approximately 50 to 60 percent of
sales by the end of fiscal year 1997.

GROSS MARGIN
Gross margin as a percentage of net sales increased from 15.2 percent for fiscal
1995 to 18.3 percent for fiscal  1996.  The  increase is  attributable  to lower
fixed and labor costs per unit shipped for circuit board products  mainly due to
an increase in units shipped diluting fixed costs as well as improving operating
efficiencies.  The  increase in gross  margin was also  driven by reduced  labor
costs  as a  percentage  of net  sales  for  assemblies  due to  improvement  in
operating  efficiencies.  The increase in gross margin was  partially  offset by
start-up  costs at our Plano,  Texas  operations  and a  softness  in demand for
circuit  boards  at our  Peterborough,  England  operations  creating  operating
inefficiencies.  Going forward, further improvement in gross margins will depend
on product mix,  capacity  utilization  mainly at our start-up  operations,  the
ability to continue to improve  operating  efficiencies as sales  increase,  and
further cost reductions.

OPERATING EXPENSES
Operating  expenses  increased 24.3 percent from fiscal 1995. As a percentage of
net sales,  operating  expenses  increased slightly from 10.1 percent for fiscal
1995 to 10.3  percent for fiscal 1996.  The  increase in  operating  expenses in
absolute  dollars is  attributable  to higher salary costs  associated  with new
additions  to the  executive  staff  and  additional  sales  and  administrative
personnel to support the growth,  recruiting and relocation costs related to the
hiring of new executives,  advertising  costs,  costs  associated with improving
information  systems,  investor  relations  costs, a full year of United Kingdom
costs,  and  higher  than  expected  legal  fees,   partially  offset  by  lower
commissions and lower research and development costs.


                                       8
<PAGE>

INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest expense decreased 18.3 percent from fiscal 1995 and was attributable to
the  elimination  of interest  obligations  from the  exchange of certain of the
Company's 5 1/2 percent Convertible  Subordinated Debentures due 2012 during the
second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  1995  (See  Note 13 of Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements) and to lower short term borrowings during the fiscal year.
The  decrease  in  interest  expense was  partially  offset by interest  expense
incurred by the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
In fiscal  1996,  the  Company  provided  $202,000  for income  taxes.  This tax
provision  primarily relates to federal alternative minimum tax and state taxes,
partially  offset by a tax benefit in the United  Kingdom  due to net  operating
losses.  As of  September  30,  1996,  the  Company  has a  net  operating  loss
carryforward  for  federal  income tax  purposes  of  approximately  $24,416,000
expiring in various  amounts  between 2006 and 2008,  which net  operating  loss
carryforwards  could  offset  100  percent of taxable  income  for  regular  tax
purposes.  However, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 contains limitation on the
utilization of net operating loss  carryforwards  if a "change of ownership," as
described in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code,  occurs.  In light of the
substantial  accumulation  of common stock by Mr. Milan  Mandaric  during fiscal
1994 and fiscal 1995, a modest  change in ownership of the Company could trigger
such  limitations.  If such limitations  were triggered,  it is possible the net
operating  loss  carryforwards  could  expire prior to  utilization.  The United
Kingdom  subsidiary  is  taxed at the  prevailing  corporate  tax  rates in that
country and has approximately $672,000 in net operating loss carryforwards. (See
Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

                RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FISCAL 1995 TO FISCAL 1994

NET SALES
Net sales  increased  8.7 percent  from fiscal  1994.  The increase in net sales
resulted  from an increase in demand for the Company's  circuit  board  products
from the  Company's  recurring  customer  base and five months of sales from the
Company's  recent  acquisition in the United Kingdom.  The increase in net sales
was partially offset by lower sales for the Company's backpanel product line due
to changes in product mix.

GROSS MARGIN
Gross margin as a percentage of net sales  increased from 7.7 percent for fiscal
1994 to 15.2 percent for fiscal  1995.  The  increase is  attributable  to lower
fixed and variable  costs per unit shipped for the circuit  board  product line,
partially  offset by higher direct material costs in the backpanel  product line
due to changes in product mix. The  improvement  in fixed and variable costs per
unit  shipped  for the  Company's  circuit  board  product  line is  related  to
improvement in operating efficiencies, product mix and cost reductions.

OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling,  general and administrative  (SG&A) expense was approximately  equal to
fiscal 1994 in absolute  dollars.  As a percentage of net sales,  SG&A decreased
from 10.6  percent  for fiscal 1994 to 9.8  percent  for fiscal  1995.  SG&A was
approximately  constant in absolute  dollars as a consequence  of a reduction in
legal and  consulting  fees and lower wages and  salaries,  partially  offset by
increased  costs due to commissions to  manufacturers'  representatives,  profit
sharing  costs  and five  months of the  United  Kingdom  subsidiary's  selling,
general and  administrative  costs.  The reduction in legal and consulting  fees
were  associated  with the  elimination  of certain  legal and  consulting  fees
incurred  


                                       9
<PAGE>

in fiscal 1994 related to matters associated with the credit-line agreement. The
decrease in lower  wages and  salaries  is  attributable  to the October 3, 1994
announced  downsizing of operations,  partially offset by reorganizing the sales
and  technical  team.  The  decrease  in SG&A as a  percentage  of net sales was
attributable to increased sales.

         Research  and  development  expenditures  decreased  45 percent  during
fiscal 1995 compared to fiscal 1994.  The decrease in  expenditures  is directly
attributable  to lower  labor and  benefit  costs of  engineers  related to past
restructuring by the Company.

         At  the   beginning  of  fiscal  1995,   the   Company's   balance  for
restructuring reserve was $861,000. For the fiscal year, the Company reduced its
restructuring  reserve by $846,000  mainly  through  severance pay to executives
with agreements.  As of September 30, 1995, there was no remaining  balance,  as
all costs associated with these agreements were paid during fiscal 1995.

INTEREST INCOME AND INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest  income  decreased  100 percent  from fiscal  1994.  The  decrease  was
primarily due to a reduction in interest bearing investments held by the Company
during fiscal 1995  compared to fiscal 1994 as  investments  were  liquidated to
fund purchase of capital equipment. Interest expense decreased 13.2 percent from
fiscal 1994 and was  attributable  to the  elimination  of interest  obligations
through two  exchanges of the Company's 5 1/2 percent  Convertible  Subordinated
Debentures due 2012 (the Debentures)  during the last quarter of fiscal 1994 and
the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  1995  (See  Note 13 of Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial  Statements)  partially  offset by  interest  expense  incurred by the
company's  United Kingdom  subsidiary  and an increase in short-term  borrowings
from the Company's asset-based lender during fiscal 1995.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
In fiscal 1995, the Company provided $220,000 for income taxes related primarily
to alternative minimum tax and foreign income tax. As of September 30, 1995, the
Company  reported a net  operating  loss  carryforward  for  federal  income tax
purposes of approximately  $32,385,000  expiring in various amounts between 2006
and 2008. The United Kingdom  subsidiary has no available tax loss carryforwards
and is taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates in that country.  (See Note 8
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

EXTRAORDINARY GAIN, NET OF EXPENSES AND TAXES
On March 31,  1995,  the Company and Mr.  Mandaric  exchanged  an  aggregate  of
400,000 newly issued shares of common stock for  $4,000,000 of principal  amount
of Debentures. The net gain of $1,833,000 was recorded as an extraordinary item.
The net  gain  included  a  reduction  of debt  issuance  costs  related  to the
Debentures and additional professional fees associated with the transaction. The
transaction included a payment of $18,333 for accrued interest on the Debentures
exchanged. (See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

                     FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

The Company's future operating results may be adversely  affected by a number of
factors,  including general economic conditions,  foreign competition,  industry
consolidation,  shortages of certain raw  materials,  the  Company's  ability to
develop,  manufacture and sell its products  profitably,  the loss of one of its
primary  customers  and  the  cyclical  nature  of the  business  of some of the
Company's customers.


                                       10
<PAGE>

         The Company participates in a highly competitive industry.  The circuit
board and assembly industry has been characterized by stringent customer demands
for timely deliveries, service and quality of products and by aggressive pricing
practices.  The  Company's  operating  results  could  be  materially  adversely
affected should the Company be unable to meet any one of these customer demands.

                                    INFLATION

Management believes that inflation has not significantly  affected the prices of
the  Company's  products,  the cost of its materials and labor and its operating
costs.

                         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company had cash flows from  operating  activities  of $7.1  million  during
fiscal 1996 compared to $4.4 million  during fiscal 1995.  Higher  positive cash
flow  provided by operating  activities  during fiscal 1996 was primarily due to
improved profitability.

         Cash provided by operating activities of $7.1 million and cash provided
by  financing  activities  of $2.3  million was offset by cash used by investing
activities of $9.2 million.  Cash was provided by financing  activities  through
the increase in short-term  borrowings and long-term debt, and amounts  received
from the exercise of stock options by certain employees,  less cash used for the
repayment of long-term  debt.  Cash from  investing  activities was used for the
purchase  of capital  equipment  of $7.8  million  and for a $1.4  million  cash
payment for the assets of Anetec Technologies. The purchase of capital equipment
was for  normal  replacement,  equipment  for  processes  that the  Company  had
previously outsourced, and equipment to enhance our manufacturing capabilities.

         On November  26,  1996,  the Company  purchased  property  which it had
previously  leased at 41 Simon Street,  Nashua,  New Hampshire for approximately
$2.3  million.  The Company has  received  tentative  approval  for a tax exempt
private  activity bond financing,  at a substantially  lower interest rate, from
the State of New Hampshire to finance this transaction.

         As of September 30, 1996, the Company has short-term borrowings of $6.2
million  under a $15  million  line of  credit  agreement  that was  established
December  17,  1993  and  amended  January  30,  1996.  Under  the  terms of the
agreement,  the  Company's  cash  collections  are  applied  to any  outstanding
borrowings  upon the receipts  clearing the bank.  As of September  30, 1996 the
lender  was in  possession  of  approximately  $896,000  of the  Company's  cash
collections, and accordingly,  such funds have been applied to reduce the amount
outstanding  under the  Company's  line of credit to $5.3  million.  The line of
credit is  collateralized  by substantially all of the Company's assets and will
remain in effect until December 17, 1997. The company was in compliance with all
of the covenants as defined within the agreement.

         At September 30, 1996, the Company's current ratio of current assets to
current  liabilities was 1.5 to 1. In addition,  the Company had $1.1 million in
cash and cash equivalents  which are available for current  operations,  capital
expenditures and other purposes. Management believes that the Company's existing
working  capital,  its remaining  borrowing  capacity,  and funds generated from
operations  will be sufficient to meet  presently  anticipated  working  capital
requirements.


                                       11
<PAGE>

                                  ENVIRONMENTAL

The  Company's   manufacturing   processes  utilize  substantial  quantities  of
chemicals as well as substantial  quantities of water. The Company is subject to
and  believes it is in  substantial  compliance  with  federal,  state and local
environmental  laws and  regulations  regarding  air,  water,  and land use, the
generation, use, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes, and the
operation and closure of manufacturing  facilities at which hazardous  materials
are  used  or  hazardous  wastes  are  generated.  The  Company  has  had no new
environmental matters in the current fiscal year.

         With respect to previously  reported  matters,  the Company is aware of
contamination  of soil and ground water  (principally by metals and solvents) at
two of its former facilities in Northern California. At both of these facilities
the soil has been  remediated  and the  properties  have been  returned to their
owners.  One of the  facilities  is adjacent to an existing  State of California
administered  Superfund  site;  as a result,  it could  become part of a related
State of California administered regional ground water investigation,  although,
the Company does not believe that it bears any  responsibility  for that matter.
At another former facility in Southern California, the Company conducted limited
groundwater sampling in connection with potential sale of the property,  and low
concentrations  of  solvents  were  detected.   Notification  was  made  to  the
appropriate  agencies. At this time, it is not possible to determine whether any
response actions will be needed to be taken; and accordingly,  the likely future
cost to the Company is not yet reasonably estimable.

         The  Company is further  aware of soil and ground  water  contamination
(principally  by metals and solvents) at two currently used  facilities,  one in
Northern California and one in Southern  California,  At its Northern California
facility,  the  Company  is  indemnified  by the former  property  owner who has
acknowledged his obligation.  At its Southern California facility, the Company's
preliminary  estimate of remedial  costs,  expected to be incurred  over five to
seven years, ranges from approximately $880,000 to $1,480,000 (including between
approximately $300,000  and $400,000 estimated  capital  expenditures  for waste
treatment  equipment  acquisitions  and  installation  costs).  At its  Northern
California facility, the Company has implemented and has been in compliance with
recently   reduced   discharge  limits  for  industrial  waste  water  discharge
containing heavy metals.

         As of September  30, 1996,  the Company  believes it has  appropriately
recorded all known costs related to environmental matters, including the minimum
amounts where the estimated costs are within a range, and are primarily  accrued
in other  current  liabilities.  However,  actual future  environmental  related
expenditures are subject to numerous  uncertainties,  including the discovery of
additional  environmental concerns,  further development of cost estimates,  new
and changing  environmental  law and  requirements,  or new  interpretations  of
existing  laws and  requirements.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that
future environmental  related expenditures will not exceed the Company's current
estimates or that they will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company.


                                       12
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                                                     ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
<CAPTION>

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)             1996         1995         1994         1993          1992
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>      
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
NET SALES                                                             $ 126,906    $ 103,970    $  95,680    $  99,272    $ 101,396
COST OF SALES                                                           103,696       88,137       88,301       98,024      100,864
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         GROSS PROFIT                                                    23,210       15,833        7,379        1,248          532

OPERATING EXPENSES:
         SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE                             12,852       10,154       10,167       10,838        9,593
         RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT                                           258          395          718        2,302        2,868
         PROVISION FOR RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS                                                  2,100        3,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES                               13,110       10,549       12,985       16,140       12,461
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS                                            10,100        5,284       (5,606)     (14,892)     (11,929)

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE:
         INTEREST EXPENSE                                                 1,442        1,765        2,034        1,856        1,872
         INTEREST INCOME                                                    (14)                      (27)        (417)      (1,127)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                         8,672        3,519       (7,613)     (16,331)     (12,674)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                                  202          220
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                   8,470        3,299       (7,613)     (16,331)     (12,674)

EXTRAORDINARY ITEM:
         GAIN FROM EXCHANGE OF CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
         FOR COMMON STOCK, NET OF EXPENSES                                             1,833       10,167
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                     $   8,470    $   5,132    $   2,554    $ (16,331)   $ (12,674)
====================================================================================================================================
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE:
         PRIMARY                                                      $     .89    $     .57    $     .54    $   (3.18)   $   (2.46)
         FULLY DILUTED                                                $     .89    $     .56    $     .39    $   (3.18)   $   (2.46)
====================================================================================================================================

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARES:
         PRIMARY                                                          9,553        9,018        6,387        5,133        5,161
         FULLY DILUTED                                                    9,553        9,087        8,769        5,133        5,161
====================================================================================================================================

SEPTEMBER 30 (IN THOUSANDS)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
WORKING CAPITAL                                                       $  10,570    $   7,174    $   3,791    $   7,172    $  18,003
TOTAL ASSETS                                                             62,105       45,139       36,983       48,040       65,013
LONG-TERM DEBT                                                            2,448        1,280          406          456          501
CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES                                      12,000       12,000       16,000       32,000       32,000
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)                                           24,552       13,908        6,085       (1,669)      14,639
====================================================================================================================================


<FN>
                     THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       13
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                     ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
<CAPTION>

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                                 1996           1995             1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>             <C>             <C>      
NET SALES                                                                                 $ 126,906       $ 103,970       $  95,680
COST OF SALES                                                                               103,696          88,137          88,301
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         GROSS PROFIT                                                                        23,210          15,833           7,379

OPERATING EXPENSES:
         SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE                                                 12,852          10,154          10,167
         RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT                                                               258             395             718
         PROVISION FOR RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS                                                                            2,100
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES                                                   13,110          10,549          12,985
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS                                                                10,100           5,284          (5,606)
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE
         INTEREST EXPENSE                                                                     1,442           1,765           2,034
         INTEREST INCOME                                                                        (14)                            (27)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                                             8,672           3,519          (7,613)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                                                      202             220
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                                       8,470           3,299          (7,613)

EXTRAORDINARY ITEM:
         GAIN FROM EXCHANGE OF CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES FOR
         COMMON STOCK, NET OF EXPENSES                                                                        1,833          10,167
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME                                                                                $   8,470       $   5,132       $   2,554
====================================================================================================================================

PRIMARY NET INCOME PER SHARE
         INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                          $     .89       $     .37       $   (1.28)
         EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                                                                     .20            1.82
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  NET INCOME                                                              $     .89       $     .57       $     .54
====================================================================================================================================

FULLY DILUTED NET INCOME PER SHARE
         INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                          $     .89       $     .36       $    (.91)
         EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                                                                     .20            1.30
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  NET INCOME                                                              $     .89       $     .56       $     .39
====================================================================================================================================

<FN>
                       THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                     ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
<CAPTION>


SEPTEMBER 30 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)                                                              1996               1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                                                      <C>                <C>   
                                                               ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
         CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                                       $ 1,075            $   903
         ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, LESS ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL                                                                  
              ACCOUNTS OF $287 AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND $458                                                              
              AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1995                                                                       20,463             15,653
         INVENTORIES                                                                                      10,690              7,860
         PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS                                                         1,447                709
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                                                    33,675             25,125
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET                                                                        24,818             18,980
OTHER ASSETS                                                                                               3,612              1,034
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                                                             $62,105            $45,139
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                                           
                                                LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                       
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                                                                                                       
         ACCOUNTS PAYABLE                                                                                $12,629            $ 9,854
         ACCRUED PAYROLL AND RELATED COSTS                                                                 2,611              2,521
         OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                                         1,321              1,965
         SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS                                                                             5,310              3,248
         CURRENT PORTION OF LONG-TERM DEBT                                                                 1,234                363
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                               23,105             17,951
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG-TERM DEBT                                                                                             2,448              1,280
CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES                                                                       12,000             12,000
                                                                                                                           
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:                                                                                                      
         PREFERRED STOCK, $1.00 PAR VALUE, 1,000,000 SHARES AUTHORIZED                                                     
              NONE ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995                                                   
         COMMON STOCK, $1.00 PAR VALUE, 20,000,000 SHARES AUTHORIZED, 9,300,810                                            
              SHARES ISSUED AND  OUTSTANDING AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 8,960,560                                           
              SHARES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1995                                          9,301              8,961
         ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL                                                                        7,294              5,460
         CUMULATIVE FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENTS                                                 (22)               (22)
         RETAINED EARNINGS (DEFICIT)                                                                       7,979               (491)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                              24,552             13,908
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                               $62,105            $45,139
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                                           
<FN>                                                                                                                       
                       THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
</FN>                                                                                                                      
</TABLE>                                  


                                       15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                     ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

<CAPTION>

                                                                                          CUMULATIVE
                                                                            RETAINED       FOREIGN
                                             COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL    EARNINGS       CURRENCY      TREASURY STOCK
                                           ----------------    PAID-IN      (ACCUMU-     TRANSLATION    -----------------
(IN THOUSANDS)                             SHARES    AMOUNT    CAPITAL    LATED DEFICIT)  ADJUSTMENT    SHARES     AMOUNT   TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>     <C>        <C>           <C>              <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1993              5,844   $  5,844   $  4,195      $ (8,177)                   $(709)    $(3,531)  $(1,669)
COMMON STOCK ISSUED IN EXCHANGE                                                          
FOR THE DEBENTURES                         3,200      3,200      2,000                                                        5,200
RETIREMENT OF TREASURY STOCK, AT COST       (709)      (709)    (2,822)                                   709       3,531
NET INCOME                                                                     2,554                                          2,554
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1994              8,335      8,335      3,373        (5,623)                                         6,085
                                                                                         
COMMON STOCK ISSUED IN EXCHANGE                                                          
FOR THE DEBENTURES                           400        400      1,625                                                        2,025
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS EXERCISED             226        226        462                                                          688
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT                                                        (22)                             (22)
NET INCOME                                                                     5,132                                          5,132
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1995              8,961      8,961      5,460          (491)          (22)                          13,908
                                                                                         
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS EXERCISED             230        230        377                                                          607
COMMON STOCK ISSUED FOR PURCHASE OF                                                      
ANETEC TECHNOLOGIES                          110        110      1,457                                                        1,567
NET INCOME                                                                     8,470                                          8,470
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996              9,301   $  9,301   $  7,294      $  7,979         $ (22)                        $ 24,552
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                     
<FN>
                       THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       16
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                     ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
<CAPTION>


YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30 (IN THOUSANDS)                                                      1996             1995             1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>              <C>              <C>     
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
NET INCOME                                                                               $  8,470         $  5,132         $  2,554
ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET CASH
     (USED) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES NET OF
     EFFECT OF BUSINESS ACQUIRED:
         EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                                                                 (1,833)         (10,167)
         DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION                                                      5,427            5,325            6,301
         PROVISION FOR RESTRUCTURING OPERATIONS                                                                               2,100
         (INCREASE) DECREASE IN ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                                        (4,821)          (5,726)             250
         (INCREASE) DECREASE IN INVENTORIES                                                (3,111)            (143)             932
         (INCREASE) DECREASE IN PREPAID EXPENSES
         AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS                                                            (827)            (285)             107
         INCREASE (DECREASE) IN ACCOUNTS PAYABLE                                            2,872            2,956           (5,297)
         INCREASE (DECREASE) IN ACCRUED PAYROLL AND RELATED COSTS                              92              429             (847)
         DECREASE IN RESTRUCTURING RESERVE                                                                    (861)          (1,402)
         DECREASE IN OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES                                               (580)            (110)            (440)
         OTHER                                                                               (421)            (503)             226
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         NET CASH (USED) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                   7,101            4,381           (5,683)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
PURCHASE OF ANETEC TECHNOLOGIES                                                            (1,400)
PURCHASE OF TECHNET LIMITED                                                                                   (560)
PROCEEDS FROM MATURITY OF SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS                                                                              4,000
PURCHASE OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT                                                  (7,848)          (4,683)          (2,660)
PROCEEDS FROM SALE OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT                                            27               79               79
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         NET CASH (USED) PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                  (9,221)          (5,164)           1,419
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
PROCEEDS FROM ISSUANCE OF DEBT                                                                118
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON DEBT                                                                   (338)            (356)             (45)
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS                                              (156)
PROCEEDS FROM EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTIONS                                                       606              688
NET CHANGE IN SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS                                                         2,062             (208)           3,456
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                          2,292              124            3,411
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                 172             (659)            (853)
         CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR                                         903            1,562            2,415
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR                                          $  1,075         $    903         $  1,562
====================================================================================================================================

<FN>
SEE NOTES 1, 2 AND 10 FOR SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION.
SUPPLEMENT SCHDEULE OF NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITY:
     IN FISCAL 1995 AND 1994, THE COMPANY EXCHANGED $4,000,000 AND $16,000,000 OF CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES FOR $2,025,000
     AND  $5,200,000 OF COMMON STOCK,  RESPECTIVELY.  IN CONNECTION  WITH THESE  TRANSACTIONS,  ACCRUALS OF $50,000 AND $250,000 FOR
     PROFESSIONAL FEES AND THE WRITE-OFF OF $92,000 AND $383,000 OF DEFERRED DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS, RESPECTIVELY,  WERE NETTED AGAINST
     THE GAIN RECOGNIZED ON THE TWO EXCHANGES.

     THE COMPANY PURCHASED $1,034,000 OF EQUIPMENT UNDER CAPITAL LEASES DURING FISCAL 1996.

             THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                           ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                       1

                   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Elexsys  International,  Inc., (the "Company"),  is one of the country's leading
manufacturers of high performance  medium and high density backpanel  assemblies
and sophisticated  subsystem assemblies.  In addition, the Company is one of the
leading  manufacturers  of high technology  circuit  boards.  The Company offers
advanced inter-connect solutions for the telecommunications, datacommunications,
computer,  industrial,  medical and  instrumentation  markets.  The consolidated
financial  statements  include the  accounts of the Company and its wholly owned
subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany  transactions and balances have been
eliminated in consolidation.

ACCOUNTING PERIOD
For  convenience of  presentation,  the Company has indicated its fiscal year as
ending on September 30. The Company actually utilizes a fifty-two or fifty-three
week fiscal year ending on the Saturday  nearest to September 30, which, for the
fiscal years ended in 1996,  1995 and 1994,  was September 28,  September 30 and
October 1, respectively.

USE OF ESTIMATES
The  preparation of the  consolidated  financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles necessarily requires management to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting years. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest and income taxes  refunded for each of the three years in
the period ended September 30, 1996 was as follows:

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS                            1996       1995        1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

INTEREST                                   $   1,353   $  2,201   $   1,602
INCOME TAXES (REFUNDED) PAID               $     339   $    158   $     (33)

CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company  classifies all short-term  investments with original  maturities of
three months or less as cash equivalents.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
The Company performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of its customers and generally
does not require collateral. The Company maintains credit insurance and reserves
for  potential  credit  losses,  and such losses  have been within  management's
expectations.

INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market and consist of the
following:

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS                                       1996        1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVENTORIES:
  RAW MATERIALS                                        $  5,434     $ 2,843
  WORK IN PROGRESS                                        5,256       5,017
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTALS                                                 $ 10,690     $ 7,860
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property,  plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated  depreciation
and   amortization.   Depreciation  and  amortization  are  computed  using  the
straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:

                     BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS -- 30 YEARS
                    MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT -- 3 TO 10 YEARS
                    LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS -- SHORTER OF THE
                       ESTIMATED USEFUL LIFE OR LEASE TERM

                                       18
<PAGE>

INCOME TAXES
The Company  accounts  for income  taxes under the  provision  of  Statement  of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."

REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenues upon shipment of related products.

TRANSLATIONS OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES
Assets and liabilities of the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary are translated
into U.S.  dollars  at the  exchange  rates in effect at the end of the  period.
Revenue and expense  accounts are  translated at a weighted  average of exchange
rates which were in effect during the year.  Translation  adjustments that arise
from translating the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary's  financial statements
from the pound sterling to U.S. dollars are accumulated in a separate  component
of stockholders'  equity.  Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange
rate  changes on  transactions  denominated  in a currency  other than the local
currency are included in results of operations as incurred.  For the years ended
September 30, 1996 and 1995, transaction gains and losses were immaterial.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
SFAS No. 107,  Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,  requires
management  to  disclose  the  estimated   fair  value  of  certain  assets  and
liabilities  defined  by  SFAS  No.  107  as  financial  instruments.  Financial
instruments  are  generally  defined  by SFAS No.  107 as cash or a  contractual
obligation  that both  conveys to one  entity a right to  receive  cash or other
financial  instruments  from another  entity and imposes on the other entity the
obligation to deliver cash or other  financial  instruments to the first entity.
At September 30, 1996,  management  believes that the carrying  amounts of cash,
receivables,  trade payables,  and long term debt  approximate  fair value.  The
carrying  amount of the 5 1/2 percent  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures due
2012 is $12  million  and  management  believes  that the fair  value  cannot be
determined as the instrument has not been traded during the past year.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123,
Accounting  for  Stock-based  Compensation,   which  requires  adoption  of  the
disclosure  provisions no later than years beginning after December 15, 1995 and
the adoption of the  recognition  and  measurement  provisions  for  nonemployee
transactions  no later than after December 15, 1995. The new standard  defines a
fair value method of accounting for stock options and other equity  instruments.
Under the fair value  method,  compensation  cost is  measured at the grant date
based on the fair value of the award and is recognized  over the service  period
which is usually the vesting period.

         Pursuant to the new accounting standard,  companies are encouraged, but
not required,  to adopt the fair value method of accounting  for  employee-based
transactions.  Companies  are also  permitted  to  continue  to account for such
transactions  under Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25,  Accounting for
Stock  Issued to  Employees,  but would be required to disclose in a note to the
financial statements pro forma net income and, if present, earnings per share as
if the  Company  had  applied  the new method of  accounting.  The  Company  has
determined that it will not change to the fair value method and will continue to
use Accounting Principle Board Opinion No. 25 for measurement and recognition of
employee stock-based transactions.


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                       2

                   PROVISIONS FOR RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS

As of  September  30,  1994,  the  actual  losses  incurred  and costs paid were
$924,000 for disposition of excess  equipment,  $584,000 for closure and cleanup
costs for  returning the building to its original  condition,  $579,000 for rent
and other  occupancy  costs  during the  cleanup  period,  $635,000 of wages and
benefits for  severance  pay and wages and benefits  paid to employees to assist
with the cleanup, $194,000 to dispose of excess inventory and $84,000 related to
other  realignment and consolidation  costs. The Chatsworth  building was turned
over to the landlord on April 29, 1994.

         On January 6, 1994,  the Company  announced  the  downsizing of all its
operations.  In connection  with the  downsizing,  the Company  reduced its work
force by  approximately  150 employees and accrued a one-time charge of $600,000
recognized  during the quarter  ended January 1, 1994. As of September 30, 1994,
all costs incurred were paid.

         On October 3, 1994, the Company  announced an additional  downsizing of
its West Coast  operations.  In  connection  with the  downsizing,  the  Company
further  reduced its work force by  approximately  150  employees  and accrued a
one-time charge of $1,500,000  recognized during the quarter ended September 30,
1994. In addition,  the President and Chief Executive  Officer and a Senior Vice
President resigned and the employee stock bonus plan was cancelled.

         As of September 30, 1995, all costs  incurred,  representing  wages and
benefits for severance pay, mainly to executives, were paid.

                                       3

                          PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS                                       1996        1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

LAND                                                   $  2,357    $  2,357
BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS                                1,738       1,939
MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT                                  70,572      62,790
LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS                                    7,297       6,594
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         81,964      73,680
LESS ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
  AND AMORTIZATION                                      (57,146)    (54,700)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $ 24,818    $ 18,980
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company  had  $1,770,000  of  equipment  leased  under  capital  leases with
accumulated amortization of $157,000 at September 30, 1996.

                                        4

                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

On December 17, 1993,  the Company  entered  into a revolving  credit  agreement
providing  for  working  capital  advances  up to  $7,500,000  (based on certain
eligible  account  balances  and recent  cash  collections)  and  financing  for
equipment  purchases of up to $2,500,000 from an asset based financing  company.
On January 30, 1996,  the  agreement  was amended to provide for borrowing up to
$15 million.  Cash  borrowings  under the line of credit bear  interest at prime
rate (8 1/4%) plus 3 percent at September 30, 1996 which is payable monthly. The
line of credit is  collateralized  by substantially  all of the Company's assets
and expires December 17, 1997. The credit facility contains covenants  including
the  maintenance  of certain levels of working  capital,  tangible net worth and
certain  financial  ratios.  In addition,  the Company is  restricted  as to the
incurrence  of  additional  indebtedness  and  certain  other  payments.  As  of
September 30, 1996, net borrowings  under this credit  agreement were $5,310,000
and the Company was in compliance with such covenants.


                                       20
<PAGE>

                                        5

                                 LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS
(EXCEPT PAYMENT AMOUNTS)                                   1996        1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

USA SUBSIDIARY:
  CALIFORNIA POLLUTION CONTROL REVENUE 
   BONDS DUE IN VARYING ANNUAL PRINCIPAL
   AMOUNTS RANGING FROM $45,000 TO $85,000 
   THROUGH MARCH 2001, WITH INTEREST
   RATES RANGING FROM 7.0% TO 9.5% AND GUARANTEED
   BY THE SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION                $    345      $  406
  PROMISSORY NOTE PAYABLE TO ANETEC
   TECHNOLOGIES DUE IN TWO ANNUAL PRINCIPAL
   AMOUNTS OF $500,000 IN MAY, 1997 AND
   MAY, 1998, WITH AN INTEREST RATE OF 8%                 1,000
UNITED KINGDOM SUBSIDIARY:
  NOTES PAYABLE TO AN INVESTOR GROUP DUE IN
   EQUAL, ANNUAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS OF
   $97,573 DUE SEPTEMBER 1998, WITH INTEREST
   RATES OF 3% ABOVE THE BANK BASE RATE,
   CURRENTLY 5.75%. THE LOAN IS COLLATERALIZED
   BY THE UNITED KINGDOM SUBSIDIARY'S ASSETS                196         397
  NOTES PAYABLE TO BANK DUE IN VARYING ANNUAL
   PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS RANGING FROM $37,000 TO
   $76,000 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 2008, WITH
   INTEREST RATES OF 2% ABOVE THE BANK BASE
   RATE, CURRENTLY 5.75%. THE LOAN IS
   COLLATERALIZED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM
   SUBSIDIARY'S ASSETS                                      788         812
  CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS (SEE NOTE 7)                  1,353          28
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          3,682       1,643
LESS: CURRENT PORTION                                    (1,234)       (363)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET                                                      $2,448      $1,280
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The  aggregate  principal   maturities  are  (excluding  capital  lease
obligations)  $775,000,  $687,000,  $101,000,  and  $113,000 in the years ending
September 30, 1997 through 2000, respectively, and $653,000 thereafter.

                                        6

                       CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

In February 1987, the Company  issued  $32,000,000 of 5 1/2 percent  Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures  due in 2012 (the  "Debentures").  The  Debentures  are
convertible  into  shares  of common  stock at  $39.50  per  share,  subject  to
adjustment  under  certain  conditions.  The  Debentures  are  redeemable by the
Company  at  declining  premiums  prior to March 1, 1997 and  thereafter  at 100
percent of the principal amount.  The Debentures are also redeemable through the
operation of a sinking fund at 100 percent of the principal amount.  Interest is
payable  semi-annually on September 1 and March 1 of each year. Mandatory annual
sinking fund payments, sufficient to retire 5 percent of the aggregate principal
amount of the Debentures  issued,  were to be made on each March 1 commencing in
1997.  As a result of the two exchanges of common stock for  $20,000,000  of the
Debentures,  as  discussed  in Note 13, the Company now has sinking fund credits
available to offset these obligations for twelve and one-half years. The revised
minimum annual sinking fund payments are  $1,600,000,  $1,600,000,  $800,000 and
$8,000,000  for the  years  ending  September  30,  2009,  2010,  2011 and 2012,
respectively.  The Debentures are subordinated to all senior indebtedness of the
Company. At September 30, 1996, senior indebtedness aggregated $8,992,000.



                                       21
<PAGE>

                                        7

                                LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leases its several  manufacturing  facilities and certain  equipment
under capital and  operating  leases.  As of September  30, 1996,  the Company's
commitments under its capital and operating leases are as follows:

FISCAL YEAR                                           CAPITAL      OPERATING
(THOUSAND OF DOLLARS)                                  LEASES         LEASES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

1997                                                   $  476        $2,326
1998                                                      363         1,843
1999                                                      262         1,520
2000                                                      176           978
2001                                                      176           807
THEREAFTER                                                175         1,470
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS                            1,628        $8,944
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LESS AMOUNTS REPRESENTING INTEREST                       (275)      
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRESENT VALUE OF MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS                 1,353       
LESS CURRENT PORTION                                     (459)      
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG-TERM PORTION                                      $  894       
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   
         The  Company  has options to renew its  facilities  leases,  except the
Irvine,  California  facility whose lease ends January 1999, for various periods
up to ten years at the then  existing  fair market  rental.  Management  expects
that, in the normal course of business, the leases will be renewed. Rent expense
charged to operations for the years ended  September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was
approximately $2,215,000, $1,757,000, and $1,766,000, respectively.

                                        8

                                  INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes for 1996 and 1995 consisted of the following (due
to net operating losses, there was no income tax expense in 1994):

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS                                       1996        1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    
CURRENT                                                             
  FEDERAL                                                 $  94       $  90
  STATE                                                     208          64
  FOREIGN (BENEFIT)                                        (100)         66
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  TOTAL CURRENT                                           $ 202       $ 220
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
         A  reconciliation  between the statutory  federal  income tax rate as a
percentage of income from continuing operations is as follows:

                                                             1996        1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL STATUTORY TAX RATE                                  35.0%       35.0%
STATE AND LOCAL TAXES                                        1.6%        1.2%
LOSS ON FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY                                   3.4%        1.2%
CHANGE IN VALUATION ALLOWANCE                              (35.9)%     (31.2)%
OTHER                                                       (1.8)%      (2.1)%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECTIVE TAX RATE                                           2.3%        4.1%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Deferred  income  taxes  reflect the net tax  effects of (i)  temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting  purposes  and the amounts  used for income tax  purposes and (ii) net
operating  loss and tax credit  carryforwards.  The tax  effects of  significant
items  comprising the Company's  income tax calculation as of September 30, 1996
and 1995 are as follows:


                                       22
<PAGE>

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS                                        1996        1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN BOOK AND
  TAX BASIS OF PROPERTY                                $   (781)   $   (835)
  FOREIGN OPERATIONS                                          0         (40)
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:                                              
  RESERVES NOT CURRENTLY DEDUCTIBLE                       1,904       1,963
  NET OPERATING LOSS                                     10,048      12,466
  ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX CREDIT                                  
    CARRYFORWARDS                                           330          87
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         11,501      13,641
VALUATION ALLOWANCE                                     (11,501)    (13,681)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET/(LIABILITY)                     $      0    $    (40)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
         Deferred  income  taxes  include the tax impact of net  operating  loss
carryforwards.  As of September  30, 1996,  the Company had net  operating  loss
carryforwards   for  federal,   state,   and  foreign  income  tax  purposes  of
approximately  $24,416,000,   $19,402,000,  and  $672,000,  respectively.  These
carryforwards,  for which future benefit is not assured, expire through 2008. In
accordance  with  the  provisions  of SFAS  No.  109,  a  $11,501,000  valuation
allowance  is  deemed  adequate  for  these  and  other  items  which may not be
realized.

                                        9

                           NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

For fiscal year 1996 and 1995, primary and fully diluted earnings per share were
computed using the weighted average common and common  equivalent  shares (stock
options)  outstanding during the year and excludes the assumed conversion of the
principal amount of the outstanding  Debentures into common stock as such effect
would have been antidilutive.

         For fiscal 1994,  primary loss per share before  extraordinary item was
computed using the weighted  average common shares  outstanding  during the year
and primary net income per share was computed using the weighted  average common
and common equivalent shares  outstanding,  excluding the assumed  conversion of
the principal amount of the outstanding Debentures into common stock.

         For fiscal 1994, fully diluted loss per share before extraordinary item
was computed  using the weighted  average common shares  outstanding  during the
year  assuming  the  Debentures  were  converted  into  common  shares as of the
beginning of the fiscal year and fully diluted net income per share was computed
using the  weighted  average  common and common  equivalent  shares  outstanding
assuming conversion of the Debentures as of the beginning of the fiscal year.

                                       10

                                  ACQUISITIONS

The Company entered into an Asset Purchase  Agreement dated as of May 3, 1996 to
acquire the assets on Anetec  Technologies,  Inc.,  a company  serving the small
prototype and engineering  marketplace  located in Fremont,  California for $4.4
million,  including  $1.4 million in cash, a  promissory  note in the  principal
amount of $1.0 million,  assumption of capital lease obligation of approximately
$400,000,   and  110,000  shares  of  the  Company's   common  stock  valued  at
approximately  $1.6 million.  The total  purchase  price of  approximately  $4.4
million was allocated to assets acquired representing machinery and equipment of
approximately $2.4 million and goodwill of approximately $2.0 million.

         On April 28, 1995, the Company announced it had acquired  substantially
all the assets of Technet Electronics Limited, a manufacturer of printed circuit
boards located in Great Britain, for approximately  $3,300,000,  which consisted
of $560,000 of cash and assumption of liabilities of  approximately  $2,740,000,
including its current lines of credit.



                                       23
<PAGE>


                                       11


                                  STOCK OPTIONS


In August 1983,  the Company  adopted the 1983 Employee Stock Option Plan ("1983
Plan").  Under the terms of the 1983 Plan,  which was amended in September  1984
and January 1988,  800,000  shares of the Company's  common stock were available
for issuance under option grants to key employees, including officers, at prices
not less than the fair market  value of the stock at the date of grant.  Options
may have a term of up to ten years  from the date of grant and vest at a rate of
20 to 50 percent a year commencing one year from the date of grant.


         In May 1984,  the  Company  adopted  the  Elexsys  International,  Inc.
Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan ("1984 Plan"). Under the terms of the 1984 Plan,
200,000  shares of the Company's  common stock were available for issuance under
option grants to key employees, including officers, who are not directors of the
Company.  The terms and  conditions of the 1984 Plan are similar to those of the
1983 Plan. During the year ended September 30, 1994 both plans expired.


         Option activity for these plans is summarized as follows:


STOCK OPTION ACTIVITY


                                 1983 PLAN                 1984 PLAN
                         ------------------------  ------------------------
                            NUMBER          PRICE     NUMBER          PRICE
                         OF SHARES      PER SHARE  OF SHARES      PER SHARE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPT. 30, 1993             717,700    $1.25-$3.50    102,000          $3.50
GRANTED                     38,500          $1.25     60,000          $1.25
CANCELLED                 (367,400)   $1.25-$3.50         --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     
SEPT. 30, 1994             388,800    $1.25-$3.50    162,000    $1.25-$3.50
GRANTED                         --          $1.25         --          $1.25
EXERCISED                 (151,500)   $1.25-$3.50    (33,600)         $3.50
CANCELLED                  (93,550)   $1.25-$3.50   (118,400)   $1.25-$3.50
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     
SEPT. 30, 1995             143,750    $1.25-$3.50     10,000    $1.25-$3.50
GRANTED                         --             --         --
EXERCISED                 (100,500)   $1.25-$3.50         --
CANCELLED                   (1,000)         $3.50         --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     
SEPT. 30, 1996              42,250    $1,25-$3.50      10,000   $1.25-$3.50
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    

         In March  1994,  the  Company  granted to the Chief  Financial  Officer
options to purchase  10,000  shares of common  stock at an option price of $1.25
per share  under the terms of the 1984 Plan.  In  addition,  options to purchase
87,000 shares of common stock at an option price of $1.25 per share,  which were
previously  intended to be granted to certain employees under the 1983 Plan that
had expired  were instead  granted as separate  non-qualified  stock  options in
April 1994  ("1994  Nonqualified  Options").  The  options  vest at a rate of 50
percent per year commencing November 11, 1994.


         In June 1994, the Company  adopted the Company's  1994 Incentive  Stock
Option Plan ("1994 ISO Plan"), authorizing the issuance of options to purchase a
maximum  aggregate of 500,000 shares of common stock, the 1994 Plan was approved
by the stockholders' of the Company in February 1995. Options may have a term of
up to ten years from the date of grant and vest at a rate of 25 to 33.33 percent
per year.


         Option activity for these plans is summarized as follows:


                        1994 NON QUALIFIED OPTIONS        1994 ISO PLAN
                        -------------------------- -------------------------
                            NUMBER          PRICE     NUMBER          PRICE
                         OF SHARES      PER SHARE  OF SHARES      PER SHARE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPT. 30, 1993                  --
GRANTED                     87,000          $1.25    235,000          $1.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPT. 30, 1994              87,000          $1.25    235,000          $1.00
GRANTED                         --                   357,500    $2.88-$5.19
EXERCISED                  (30,500)         $1.25
CANCELLED                  (22,500)         $1.25   (102,750)   $1.00-$2.88
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPT. 30, 1995              34,000          $1.25    489,750    $1.00-$5.19
GRANTED                         --                        --
EXERCISED                  (33,000)         $1.25    (82,560)    $1.25-5.19
CANCELLED                       --                  (105,390)    $1.00-4.75
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPT. 30, 1996               1,000          $1.25    301,800     $1.00-5.19
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       24
<PAGE>

         In addition,  during the year ended  September  30,  1994,  the Company
granted  options  to  purchase  10,000  shares to a then  member of the Board of
Directors  at an option  price of $1.25 per share and also  granted  options  to
purchase  10,000 shares to a member of the Board of Directors at an option price
of $1.69 share. The options for 10,000 shares at $1.25 were subsequently amended
to provide that to the extent not previously vested,  these options became fully
exercisable  and were exercised  during fiscal 1995. In addition,  this person's
options granted during the year ended September 30, 1993 in the amount of 10,000
shares at the price of $3.50 per share also became  fully  exercisable.  The new
options  granted at $1.69 per share are  exercisable  as follows:  3,400  shares
during the year ending  September 30, 1994,  3,300 shares during the year ending
September 30, 1995, and 3,300 shares during the year ending September 30, 1996.

         In July 1995,  the Board of Directors  adopted the Company's 1995 Stock
Option Plan ("1995 Plan"),  authorizing the issuance of 1,000,000  shares of the
Company's Common Stock.  Options have a term of up to ten years from the date of
grant and vest at a rate of 25 percent a year  commencing one year from the date
of grant. On January 30, 1996, the company's  stockholders approved an amendment
and  restatement  of the  1995  Plan  to  reflect  current  applicable  tax  and
securities requirements and for administrative ease.

         Option activity for this plan is summarized as follows:

                                                            1995 PLAN

                                                      NUMBER           PRICE
                                                   OF SHARES       PER SHARE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPT. 30, 1994                                           --
GRANTED                                              82,000     $8.88-$11.25
EXERCISED                                                --
CANCELLED                                                --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPT. 30, 1995                                       82,000     $8.88-$11.25
GRANTED                                             733,100     $9.50-$12.75
EXERCISED                                                --
CANCELLED                                          (317,700)     $9.50-12.75
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPT. 30. 1996                                      497,400      $8.88-12.50
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

         In January  1996,  the Board of Directors  adopted the  Company's  1996
Non-Employee Director's Stock Option Plan (the "Directors Plan"). The Director's
Plan provides for automatic,  non-discretionary grants of options to purchase an
aggregate of 200,000 shares of the Company's common Stock. During the year ended
September  30, 1996,  options  covering an aggregate of 30,000 shares with a per
share option price between $15.625 and $16.00 of the Company's  Common Stock had
been granted  under the  Director's  Plan.  Options may have a term of up to ten
years from the date of grant and vest at a rate of 25 percent per year.

         On January 30,  1996,  the  Company  adopted  its 1996  Employee  Stock
Purchase Plan  ("Purchase  Plan")  authorizing the issuance of 250,000 shares of
the Company's  Common  Stock.  The  Company's  employees may purchase  shares of
Common  Stock at a price per share that is 85% of the lesser of the fair  market
value as of the beginning or the end of the semi-annual option period.

         At September  30, 1996,  1,855,300  shares of common stock are reserved
for the employee stock  purchase plan and the exercise of stock options  granted
or available for future grant.  57,250 of these shares are exercisable under the
1983 or 1984 Plan or 1994 Non Qualified Options.



                                       25
<PAGE>

                                       12

                              ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The  Company's   manufacturing   processes  utilize  substantial  quantities  of
chemicals as well as substantial  quantities of water. The Company is subject to
and  believes it is in  substantial  compliance  with  federal,  state and local
environmental  laws and  regulations  regarding  air,  water,  and land use, the
generation, use, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes, and the
operation and closure of manufacturing  facilities at which hazardous  materials
are  used  or  hazardous  wastes  are  generated.  The  Company  has  had no new
environmental matters in the current fiscal year.

         With respect to previously  reported  matters,  the Company is aware of
contamination  of soil and ground water  (principally by metals and solvents) at
two of its former facilities in Northern California. At both of these facilities
the soil has been  remediated  and the  properties  have been  returned to their
owners.  One of the  facilities  is adjacent to an existing  State of California
administered  Superfund  site;  as a result,  it could  become part of a related
State of California administered regional ground water investigation,  although,
the Company does not believe that it bears any  responsibility  for that matter.
At another former facility in Southern California, the Company conducted limited
groundwater sampling in connection with potential sale of the property,  and low
concentrations  of  solvents  were  detected.   Notification  was  made  to  the
appropriate  agencies. At this time, it is not possible to determine whether any
response actions will be needed to be taken; and accordingly,  the likely future
cost to the Company is not yet reasonably estimable.

         The  Company is further  aware of soil and ground  water  contamination
(principally  by metals and solvents) at two currently used  facilities,  one in
Northern California and one in Southern  California,  At its Northern California
facility,  the  Company  is  indemnified  by the former  property  owner who has
acknowledged his obligation.  At its Southern California facility, the Company's
preliminary  estimate of remedial  costs,  expected to be incurred  over five to
seven years, ranges from approximately $880,000 to $1,480,000 (including between
approximately $300,000  and $400,000 estimated  capital  expenditures  for waste
treatment  equipment  acquisitions  and  installation  costs).  At its  Northern
California facility, the Company has implemented and has been in compliance with
recently   reduced   discharge  limits  for  industrial  waste  water  discharge
containing heavy metals.

         As of September  30, 1996,  the Company  believes it has  appropriately
recorded all known costs related to environmental matters, including the minimum
amounts where the estimated costs are within a range, and are primarily  accrued
in other  current  liabilities.  However,  actual future  environmental  related
expenditures are subject to numerous  uncertainties,  including the discovery of
additional  environmental concerns,  further development of cost estimates,  new
and changing  environmental  law and  requirements,  or new  interpretations  of
existing  laws and  requirements.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that
future environmental  related expenditures will not exceed the Company's current
estimates or that they will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company.

                                       13

                               EXTRAORDINARY ITEM

On June 30, 1994 and July 11, 1994, the Company exchanged for $16,000,000 of the
Debentures an aggregate of 3,200,000  newly issued  shares of common stock,  par
value $1.00 per share, with Mr. Milan Mandaric.  The net gain of $10,167,000 was
recorded as an  extraordinary  item.  The net gain  included a reduction of debt
issuance  costs  related to the  Debentures  and  additional  professional  fees
associated with the transaction.  The transaction included a payment of $293,333
for accrued  interest on Debentures  exchanged and  reimbursement of $50,000 for
Mr. Mandaric's professional expenses.

         On  March  31,  1995,  the  Company  exchanged  for  $4,000,000  of its
Debentures  an aggregate of 400,000  newly issued  shares of common  stock,  par
value $1.00 per share,  with Mr. Milan Mandaric.  The net gain of $1,833,000 was
recorded as an  extraordinary  item.  The net gain  included 


                                       26
<PAGE>

a reduction of debt issuance  costs  related to the  Debentures  and  additional
professional  fees associated with the transaction.  The transaction  included a
payment of $18,333 for accrued interest on the Debentures exchanged.

                                       14

                                   OTHER ITEMS

CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
For  the  year  ended  September  30,  1996,   three  customers   accounted  for
approximately  17 percent,  10 percent and 10 percent of net sales. For the year
ended  September  30, 1995,  three  customers  accounted  for  approximately  24
percent,  12 percent,  and 10 percent of net sales. For the year ended September
30, 1994, one customer accounted for 22 percent of net sales.

EXPORT SALES
For the years ended  September 30, 1996,  1995 and 1994,  export sales accounted
for approximately $17,617,000,  $13,100,000,  and $8,500,000 or approximately 14
percent, 13 percent, and 9 percent of net sales, respectively.

BONUS AND RETIREMENT PLAN
The Company has a  discretionary  profit  sharing bonus plan which  provides for
payment of bonuses to all eligible  employees  based on a formula fixed annually
by the Board of Directors.  The bonus  formula is applied  separately to each of
the Company's  profit  centers.  Bonus expense  relating to the plan amounted to
$219,000  and  $391,000  for the  years  ended  September  30,  1996  and  1995,
respectively. No bonuses were paid for the year ended September 30, 1994.

         In February  1995,  the Company  established  a savings plan  qualified
under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Employees who have completed
90 days of service are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Company can make
discretionary  contributions  based  on  employee  pre-tax  contributions.   All
contributions to each employee's account vest immediately. No contributions were
made to the Plan by the Company  during the years ended  September  30, 1996 and
1995.

SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On November 26, 1996,  the Company  purchased  property  which it had previously
leased at 21 Simon Street, Nashua, New Hampshire for approximately $2.3 million.
The Company has received  tentative  approval for a tax exempt private  activity
bond financing,  at a  substantially  lower interest rate, from the State of New
Hampshire to finance this transaction.

                                       15

                      QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS          FIRST     SECOND       THIRD     FOURTH
EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA       QUARTER    QUARTER     QUARTER    QUARTER       YEAR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1996
Net sales                  $ 28,910   $ 30,388    $ 30,841   $ 36,766   $126,906
Gross profit                  5,378      5,706       5,529      6,597     23,210
Net income                    2,010      2,229       1,964      2,267      8,470
Net income per
   primary share           $    .21   $    .23    $    .20   $    .24   $    .89

1995
Net sales                  $ 22,753   $ 23,407    $ 27,298   $ 30,512   $103,970
Gross profit                  2,870      1,866       4,288      6,809     15,833
Income (loss) before
   extraordinary item           250       (870)        901      3,018      3,299
Net income                      250        963         901      3,018      5,132
Net income (loss)
   before extraordinary
   item per share          $    .03   $   (.10)   $    .10   $    .32   $    .37
Net income per
   primary share           $    .03   $    .11    $    .10   $    .32   $    .57


                                       27
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

Elexsys International, Inc:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Elexsys  International,  Inc.
(formerly  Diceon  Electronics,  Inc.) and its  subsidiaries as of September 30,
1996  and  1995,  and  the  related   consolidated   statements  of  operations,
stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period  ended   September  30,  1996.   These   financial   statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, such consolidated  financial statements present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Elexsys International,  Inc.
and its  subsidiaries  at September 30, 1996 and 1995,  and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California
October 18, 1996
(November 26, 1996 as to the fifth paragraph of note 14)


                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

The Company's common stock was traded in the Nasdaq National Market System under
the Nasdaq symbol DICN from the Company's initial public offering on December 1,
1983  until  December  2,  1993.  At that time the  Company's  common  stock was
delisted  from  Nasdaq's  requirements  for capital and surplus and net tangible
assets.  The Company's  stock was traded on Nasdaq's  Bulletin Board Market from
December 3, 1993 to March 17, 1995.  Between March 20, 1995,and January 24, 1996
the Company's common stock has been traded on Nasdaq's SmallCap Market under the
symbol ELEX.  Effective January 25, 1996, the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. approved
the company's common stock for listing on the NASDAQ National Market.  The table
below sets forth the reported closing prices for the quarter  indicated.  Prices
represent  quotations  between dealers  without  adjustments for retail markups,
markdowns or commissions.

         The  Company  had  approximately  549  stockholders  of  record  as  of
September 30, 1996. The Company has not paid cash dividends on its common stock,
and its Board of Directors presently intends to continue this policy in order to
retain earnings for the development of the Company's business.  Accordingly,  it
is anticipated  that no cash dividends will be paid in the  foreseeable  future.
Additionally,  the  Company's  credit  agreements  with its  asset-based  lender
prohibits the payment of cash dividends without such person's consent.

QUARTER ENDED    DEC. 31           MAR. 31          JUNE 30             SEPT. 30
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 1996
HIGH              18 1/2            16 3/4           15 3/4            11 22/32
LOW                   14            11 5/8            8 1/2                   9

FISCAL 1995
HIGH               4 1/4             5 5/8            7 1/8             15 1/14
LOW               1 5/16             3 5/8          3 11/16               6 7/8


                                       28
<PAGE>

                             CORPORATE INFORMATION

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Milan Mandaric
Chairman of the Board
Elexsys, International, Inc.

Peter S. Jonas
Private Investor and Business Consultant

Roland G. Matthews
Private Investor

Alan Mendelson
Cooley, Godward, Castro, Huddleson and Tatum

Bradford Jeffries
Cooley, Godward, Castro, Huddleson and Tatum

Roger W. Johnson
Private Investor and Business Consultant

OFFICERS

Milan Mandaric
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer

W. F. "Barry" Hegarty
President and Chief Operating Officer

Michael S. Shimada
Vice President Finance, Chief Financial Officer 
and Corporate Secretary

Michael J. Giggey
Vice President, Sale & Marketing


CORPORATE OFFICE
Elexsys International, Inc.
4405 Fortran Court
San Jose, California 95134
(408) 935-6300
fax (408) 942-0249

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation
Glendale, California  91207

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Deloitte & Touche LLP
695 Town Center Drive
Costa Mesa, California  92626

LEGAL COUNSEL
Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum
Five Palo Alto Square
3000 El Camino Real
Palo Alto, California 94306-2155

FORM 10-K
A copy of Elexsys  International,  Inc.'s 10-K as filed with the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1996 is available
without charge upon written request to:
Investor Relations
Elexsys International, Inc.
4405 Fortran Court
San Jose, California 95134

COMMON STOCK
The Common Stock of Elexsys International, Inc.
(symbol: ELEX) trades on the Nasdaq Market

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
The Convertible Debentures of Elexsys International, Inc.
(symbol: DICNG) trades over-the-counter on Nasdaq's Bulletin Board Market.


<PAGE>

                        Corporate Logo [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                                     ELEXSYS
                               INTERNATIONAL INC.



<TABLE>


                                                         EXHIBIT 21


                                                    LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
                 Name                      State, Country of Incorporation               Doing Business As
- --------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                                    <C>
Symtron Corporation                     California, USA                        Symtron Corporation
Pritec Corporation (1)                  California, USA                        Pritec Corporation
Elexsys International (Europe)          United Kingdom                         Elexsys International (Europe)
Limited                                                                        Limited
Anetec Technology, Inc.                 California, USA                        Anetec Technology, Inc.
ELXI Acquisition, Inc.                  California, USA                        ELXI Acquisition, Inc.

- --------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
<FN>
         (1) Wholly-owned subsidiary of Symtron Corporation.
</FN>
</TABLE>




                                   EXHIBIT 23





INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT



We consent to the incorporation by reference in this  Registration  Statement of
Elexsys International,  Inc. (formerly Diceon Electronics, Inc.) in Registration
Statement  No.  33-21826,  No.  33-02384  and  No.  33-58033  on  Form  S-8  and
Registration Statement No. 33-22598 on Form S-3 of our reports dated October 18,
1996  (November 26, 1996 as to the fifth  paragraph of note 14) appearing in the
Annual  Report on Form 10-K of Elexsys  International,  Inc.  for the year ended
September 30, 1996.

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California
December 18, 1996



<PAGE>

<TABLE>





                                               ELEXSYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                               SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                  For The Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                                                  (Thousands of Dollars)


<CAPTION>



Description                              Balance at           Additions       Deductions          Balance at End
                                        Beginning of       Charged to Cost                            of Year
                                            Year            and Expenses
<S>                                        <C>                 <C>            <C>                    <C>  
1996
Allowance for doubtful accounts            $ 458               $  5           $ (176)(1)             $ 287
Inventory reserves                           233                 88              (84)(2)               237
                                       ==========   ================  ================      ================
   Total                                   $ 691               $ 93           $ (260)                $ 524
                                       ==========   ================  ================      ================


1995
Allowance for doubtful accounts            $ 450               $ 93            $ (85)(1)             $ 458
Inventory reserves                           495                235             (497)(2)               233
                                       ==========   ================  ================      ================
   Total                                   $ 945               $328            $(582)                $ 691
                                       ==========   ================  ================      ================


1994
Allowance for doubtful accounts            $ 450              $  53            $ (53)(1)             $ 450
Inventory reserves                           282                550             (337)(2)               495
                                       ==========   ================  ================      ================
   Total                                   $ 732              $ 603            $(390)                $ 945
                                       ==========   ================  ================      ================
<FN>
(1)    Relates primarily to the write-off of uncollectible accounts receivable, net of recoveries.

(2)    Relates primarily to the write-off of obsolete inventory.

</FN>
</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>



<ARTICLE>                     5

<MULTIPLIER>                                                  1000
       
<S>                                                         <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                                 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                             SEP-30-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                                  SEP-30-1996
<CASH>                                                        1,075
<SECURITIES>                                                  0
<RECEIVABLES>                                                 20,750
<ALLOWANCES>                                                  287
<INVENTORY>                                                   10,690
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                              33,675
<PP&E>                                                        81,964
<DEPRECIATION>                                                57,146
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                                62,105
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                         23,105
<BONDS>                                                       14,448
<COMMON>                                                      0
                                         0
                                                   0
<OTHER-SE>                                                    15,251
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                  62,105
<SALES>                                                       126,906
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                              126,906
<CGS>                                                         103,696
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                                 103,696
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                              258
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                              5
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                            1,442
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                               8,672
<INCOME-TAX>                                                  202
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                           8,470
<DISCONTINUED>                                                0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                               0
<CHANGES>                                                     0
<NET-INCOME>                                                  8,470
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                 0.89
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                 0.89

        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission